Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

old tales of men

Толкование Перевод

1 SPJALL

I)

n. saying, tale, esp. pl.; forn spjöll fira, old tales of men; úrughlýra jó frá ek spjalla, with wet cheeks I asked the steed for news; móðug spjöll, lamentations.

II)

n.

1) damage (taka s. af e-u);

2) flaw (spjöll á máli).

* * *

n. [Ulf. spill = μυθος; A. S. and Engl. spell; O. H. G. spel, hence mod. Germ. spiel]:—a ‘spell.’ saw, saying; hafa mart í spjalli, to treat of many things. Skáld H. 4. 10; and-spjall, an answer, reply; guð-spjall (q. v.), gospel:—else used in plur. and only in poetry: spjöll, words, tidings; forn spjöll, old words, old lore, of bygone days, Vsp 1. Hkv. 1. 36; ný spjöll, news, Hkv. Hjörv. 31; jó frá ek spjalla, asked him for news, Gkv. 2. 5; sunnan em ek kominn at segja spjöll þessi, Fas. i. 499 (in a verse); heilög spjöll, holy ‘spells,’ Skákl H. 7. 62; móðug spjöll, ‘moody spells,’ lamentations, Gh. 9; hermdar spjöll, angry words, Edda (in a verse); fé-spjöll, ‘fee-spells,’ Vsp. (see fé); vig-spjöll, war-news. Lex. Poët.; læ-spjöll, lewd spells.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > SPJALL
2 spjall

I)

n. saying, tale, esp. pl.; forn spjöll fira, old tales of men; úrughlýra jó frá ek spjalla, with wet cheeks I asked the steed for news; móðug spjöll, lamentations.

II)

n.

1) damage (taka s. af e-u);

2) flaw (spjöll á máli).

* * *

n. a ‘spell,’ mischief, damage, = spell; taka spjall af e-u, Sks. 352 B.

2. a flaw; spjöll, á máli, Glúm. 347; hafi þér málit meir tilbúit með úskapi, en eigi sé spjöllin á, id.; sýnisk mér auðsæ allmikil spjöll á yðarri ráðagörð, Fms. viii. 53, v. l.; spjöll, opp. to kostir, Merl. 2. 97: mann-spjöll, a loss in men.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > spjall
3 FORN

ancient

* * *

a.

1) old (f. vinátta, f. mjóðr);

2) ancient; fornir menn, the men of old; f. siðr, the old (heathen) custom, religion; f. átrúnaðr, the old creed, heathenism; f. í skapi, inclined to old, or heathen, ways; hann var f. mjök, he was a great wizard; at fornu, til, forna, formerly, in times fast.

* * *

adj. [Ulf. fairnis = παλαιός; A. S. fyrn; Hel. furn; Swed. forn; lost in Engl.]:—old; forn vinátta, Eg. 729; forn fjándskapr, old enmity, Nj. 49; forn rök, Ls. 25; fornt vín, old wine, Pr. 472; en forna fold, the old earth, Hým. 24; forn timbr, the old timbers, Akv. 42: inn forni fjándi, the old fiend, Satan, 686 C. 2; forn jötunn, the old giant, Hým. 13; fornar tóptir, old abodes. Gm. 11: stores preserved from the past year are called forn, forn mjöðr, old mead, Skm. 37; fornari hey, K. Þ. K. 163.

2. with the notion of old, worn, rotten, or the like; byrðings-segl várt hið forna, Fms. iv. 259; forn mörr, Bjarn. 29 (in a verse).

3. old, in temp. sense; in the Icel. Commonwealth the old priesthoods were called forn goðorð and forn goðorðsmaðr, an old priest, opp. to the priesthoods instituted along with the Fifth Court, which were termed ‘new.’

4. time-honoured, old; forn lög, forn lands-siðr, Bs. i. 682.

5. at fornu, formerly, in times past, Eg. 767, K. Á. 152, D. I. i. 635; til forna, id., cp. Dan. til forn.

6. in old writers forn is often used of the heathen times with the old mythical lore; forn siðr, the old ( heathen) rite, Fb. i. 215; fornir menn, the men of old, Eb. 132; á fornum skjöldum, on shields of old, Edda 87; fornar frásagnir, old tales, Hkr. pref.; forn-menn, forn-tíðindi, forn-sögur, the men, lore, or saws of the olden age, (forn-fræði, id.; forn-spjöll); forn átrúnaðr, forn trúa, the old creed, heathenism; forn-kveðit mál or hið forn-kveðna is a standing phrase for an ‘old saw,’ proverb, the Sagas passim, and vide below.

β. metaph. old, i. e. versed in old lore or witchcraft; hann var forn mjök ( he was a great wizard) ok hafði jafnan úti setið, Orkn. 234; fróð ok forn í skapi, Ísl. ii. 332, Fb. i. 250 (forneskja).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FORN
4 contar

v.

1 to count.

se pueden contar con los dedos de una mano you can count them on (the fingers of) one hand

Pedro cuenta los goles Peter counts the goals.

El aseo cuenta como algo importante Hygiene counts as something important.

2 to count.

cuenta también los gastos de desplazamiento count o include travel costs too

somos 57 sin contar a los niños there are 57 of us, not counting the children

3 to count.

sabe contar hasta diez she can count to ten

4 to count.

aquí no cuento para nada I count for nothing here

lo que cuenta es… what matters is…

5 to tell.

cuéntame, ¿cómo te va la vida? tell me, how are things?

Ricardo le cuenta historias al grupo Richard tells the group stories.

Le conté I told him [her].

6 to consider, to repute, to judge.

María cuenta su actitud Mary considers his attitude.

* * *

CONTAR

CONJUGACIÓN

(o changes to ue in stressed syllables)

Present Indicative

cuento, cuentas, cuenta, contamos, contáis, cuentan.

Present Subjunctive

cuente, cuentes, cuente, contemos, contéis, cuenten.

Imperative

cuenta (tú), cuente (él/Vd.), contemos (nos.), contad (vos.), cuenten (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to count

2) tell

•

- contar con

* * *

1. VT

1) (=calcular) [+ objetos, números, puntos] to count; [+ dinero] to count, count up

estaba contando los minutos que quedaban para el final — I was counting the minutes till the end

cuenta cuántos alumnos hay en la clase — count how many pupils there are in the class

2) (=relatar) to tell

nos contó un cuento muy bonito — she told us a very nice story

cuéntanos lo que ocurrió — tell us what happened

¿qué les voy a contar que ustedes no sepan? — what can I tell you that you don't already know?

el paro está peor y la corrupción, ¿qué le voy a contar? — unemployment has got worse and as for corruption, what can I say?

si pierdo el trabajo, ya me contarás de qué vamos a vivir — you tell me what we'll live on if I lose my job

¿y a mí qué me cuentas? — so what?

¡a mi me lo vas a contar! — you're telling me! *, tell me about it! *

se cuenta que... — it is said that...

- ¡una obra que ni te cuento!

3) (=tener la edad de)

la Constitución española cuenta 20 años — the Spanish constitution is 20 years old

María cuenta 32 años — María is 32 years of age

4) (=incluir) to count

lo cuento entre mis amigos — I count him among my friends

a mi ya me cuentan como adulto — I'm counted as an adult now

seis en total, sin contarme a mí — six altogether, not counting me

1.500 sin contar las propinas — 1,500, excluding tips, 1,500, not counting tips

se le cuenta entre los más ricos — he is reckoned among the richest

5) (=tener en cuenta) to remember, bear in mind

cuenta que es más fuerte que tú — remember o don't forget he's stronger than you are

2. VI

1) (Mat) to count

sabe contar hasta 20 — he can count (up) to 20

contar con los dedos — to count on one's fingers

parar de contar * —

hay dos sillas, una mesa y para ya de contar — there are two chairs, a table, and that's it

2) (=relatar) to tell

luego te contaré — I'll tell you later

ojalá tengas suerte con la entrevista de trabajo, ya me contarás — I hope the job interview goes well, I look forward to hearing all about it

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

- cuenta y no acaba de hablar

3) (=importar, valer) to count

aquí lo que cuenta es la ganancia final — what counts here is the final profit

el último gol no cuenta — the last goal doesn't count

este examen no cuenta para la nota final — this exam doesn't count towards the final mark

• contar por dos, los domingos una hora cuenta por dos — on Sundays one hour counts as two

come tanto que cuenta por dos — he eats enough for two

- la intención es lo que cuenta

4)

• contar con —

a) (=confiar en) to count on

cuenta conmigo — you can rely o count on me

no cuentes con mi ayuda — don't count on my help

cuento con que no llueva — I'm counting on it not raining

b) (=tener presente)

tienes que contar con el mal estado de la carretera — you have to take into account o remember the bad state of the road

lo calcularon sin contar con nosotros — they worked it out without taking us into account

cuenta con que es más fuerte que tú — bear in mind o remember he's stronger than you are

no contábamos con eso — we hadn't bargained for that

sin contar con que... — leaving aside the fact that...

c) (=incluir) to count in

cuenta conmigo para la cena — count me in for dinner

lo siento, pero para eso no cuentes conmigo — I'm sorry but you can count me out of that

no contéis con nosotros para el viernes, estaremos ocupados — don't expect us on Friday, we'll be busy

d) (=tener) to have

el polideportivo cuenta con una piscina olímpica — the sports centre has o boasts an Olympic-size swimming pool

cuenta con varias ventajas — it has a number of advantages

una democracia que tan solo cuenta con dieciséis años de existencia — a democracy that has only existed for sixteen years

3.

See:

contarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) <dinero/votos/dís> to count

a contar desde hoy — starting from today

sus seguidores se cuentan por millares — she has thousands of followers

2)

a) ( incluir) to count

y eso sin contar las horas extras — and that's without including overtime

lo cuento entre mis amigos — I consider him (to be) one of my friends

b) ( tener)

contaba ya veinte años — (frml o liter) she was then twenty years old

Sentido II

3) <cuento/chiste/secreto> to tell

no se lo cuentes a nadie — don't tell anyone

cuéntame qué es de tu vida — tell me what you've been up to (colloq)

a mí me lo vas a contar! — (fam) you're telling me!

¿y a a mí qué me cuentas? — what's that to do with me?

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

un minuto más y no lo cuento — one more minute and I wouldn't be here to tell the tale

¿qué cuentas (de nuevo)? — (fam) how're things? (colloq)

cuenta la leyenda que... — the story goes that...
2.
contar vi

Sentido I

1) (Mat) to count

cuenta de diez en diez — count in tens

hay cuatro tiendas... y para de contar — there are four stores and that's it

contar con los dedos — to count on one's fingers

2) (importar, valer) to count

¿este trabajo cuenta para la nota final? — does this piece of work count toward(s) the final grade?

este ejercicio cuenta por dos — this exercise counts as two

lo que cuenta es el gesto — it's the thought that counts

ella no cuenta para nada — what she says (o thinks etc) doesn't count for anything

Sentido II

3) contar con

<persona/ayuda/discreción> to count on, rely on

cuento contigo para la fiesta — I'm counting o relying on you being at the party

no cuentes conmigo para mañana — don't expect me there tomorrow

yo me opongo, así es que no cuentes conmigo — I'm against it, so you can count me out

cuenta con que iré — rest assured that I'll be going

eso contando con que... — assuming that...

sin contar con que... — without taking into account that...

4) ( prever) to expect

no contaba con que hiciera tan mal tiempo — I wasn't expecting the weather to be so bad

5) (frml) ( tener) to have

el hotel cuenta con gimnasio y sauna — the hotel has a gym and a sauna

cuenta con 10 años de experiencia — she has 10 years of experience
3.
contarse v pron

a) (frml) ( estar incluido)

contarse entre algo: se cuenta entre los pocos que tienen acceso she is numbered among the few who have access (frml); me cuento entre sus partidarios I count myself as one of their supporters; su nombre se cuenta entre los finalistas her name figures o appears among the finalists; su novela se cuenta entre las mejores — his novel is among the best

b)

¿qué te cuentas? — how's it going? (colloq)

* * *

= count, relate, tally, count, tell out into, narrate, number, count out, hip.

Ex. To ease the cataloguer's job and save him the trouble of counting characters, DOBIS/LIBIS uses a special function.

Ex. This article relates what happened to the records of the German era after the colony became a mandate under the British administration and after the attainment of independence.

Ex. The statistic programs have been designed to make it possible to extract, tally, and print statistical information from the journal.

Ex. People must be made to feel that they and their ideas count.

Ex. The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.

Ex. The inmates satisfied their need for reading by smuggling in Polish books, or else narrating stories from memory.

Ex. I would therefore like to give a blanket thankyou to everyone who has talked or written to me in my research and they must now number thousands rather than hundreds.

Ex. At midnight, one pirate arose, opened the chest, and counted out the gold pieces into five even piles.

Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

----

* contando = counting.

* contar Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* contar chismes de Alguien = tell + tales out of school about + Alguien.

* contar con = hold, count on, have at + Posesivo + disposal, bank on, set + your watch by.

* contar con Alguien = count + Pronombre + in.

* contar con apoyo para = have + support for.

* contar con el apoyo de Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* contar con el apoyo necesario para = have + the power behind to.

* contar con el visto bueno = meet with + approval.

* contar con la aprobación = meet with + approval.

* contar con la colaboración de = enjoy + cooperation with.

* contar con la cooperación de = enjoy + cooperation with.

* contar con + Posesivo + aprobación = meet + Posesivo + approval.

* contar con + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.

* contar de = tell of.

* contar dinero = count + money.

* contar en confianza = confide.

* contar experiencias = tell + tales.

* contar historias = tell + tales.

* contar la experiencia = relate + experience, recount + experience.

* contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.

* contarle las penas a Alguien = sob + Posesivo + heart out to.

* contar para nada = count + for nothing.

* contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.

* contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* contar una anécdota = tell + story.

* contar una historia = spin + a yarn, weave + a tale, narrate + story, weave + story.

* contar un cuento = tell + story.

* cuenta la leyenda que = legend has it that, as legend goes.

* dinero contante y sonante = readies, the ready.

* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.

* no contar = be out of the picture.

* no contar con = leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no contar con la aprobación = frown on/upon.

* poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre.

* que se cuentan por millones = numbered in millions.

* según cuenta la leyenda = legend has it that, as legend goes.

* sin contar = not including, excluding.

* sin contar con = in the absence of.

* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* volver a contar = recount, retell.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

Sentido I

1) <dinero/votos/dís> to count

a contar desde hoy — starting from today

sus seguidores se cuentan por millares — she has thousands of followers

2)

a) ( incluir) to count

y eso sin contar las horas extras — and that's without including overtime

lo cuento entre mis amigos — I consider him (to be) one of my friends

b) ( tener)

contaba ya veinte años — (frml o liter) she was then twenty years old

Sentido II

3) <cuento/chiste/secreto> to tell

no se lo cuentes a nadie — don't tell anyone

cuéntame qué es de tu vida — tell me what you've been up to (colloq)

a mí me lo vas a contar! — (fam) you're telling me!

¿y a a mí qué me cuentas? — what's that to do with me?

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

un minuto más y no lo cuento — one more minute and I wouldn't be here to tell the tale

¿qué cuentas (de nuevo)? — (fam) how're things? (colloq)

cuenta la leyenda que... — the story goes that...
2.
contar vi

Sentido I

1) (Mat) to count

cuenta de diez en diez — count in tens

hay cuatro tiendas... y para de contar — there are four stores and that's it

contar con los dedos — to count on one's fingers

2) (importar, valer) to count

¿este trabajo cuenta para la nota final? — does this piece of work count toward(s) the final grade?

este ejercicio cuenta por dos — this exercise counts as two

lo que cuenta es el gesto — it's the thought that counts

ella no cuenta para nada — what she says (o thinks etc) doesn't count for anything

Sentido II

3) contar con

<persona/ayuda/discreción> to count on, rely on

cuento contigo para la fiesta — I'm counting o relying on you being at the party

no cuentes conmigo para mañana — don't expect me there tomorrow

yo me opongo, así es que no cuentes conmigo — I'm against it, so you can count me out

cuenta con que iré — rest assured that I'll be going

eso contando con que... — assuming that...

sin contar con que... — without taking into account that...

4) ( prever) to expect

no contaba con que hiciera tan mal tiempo — I wasn't expecting the weather to be so bad

5) (frml) ( tener) to have

el hotel cuenta con gimnasio y sauna — the hotel has a gym and a sauna

cuenta con 10 años de experiencia — she has 10 years of experience
3.
contarse v pron

a) (frml) ( estar incluido)

contarse entre algo: se cuenta entre los pocos que tienen acceso she is numbered among the few who have access (frml); me cuento entre sus partidarios I count myself as one of their supporters; su nombre se cuenta entre los finalistas her name figures o appears among the finalists; su novela se cuenta entre las mejores — his novel is among the best

b)

¿qué te cuentas? — how's it going? (colloq)

* * *

= count, relate, tally, count, tell out into, narrate, number, count out, hip.

Ex: To ease the cataloguer's job and save him the trouble of counting characters, DOBIS/LIBIS uses a special function.

Ex: This article relates what happened to the records of the German era after the colony became a mandate under the British administration and after the attainment of independence.

Ex: The statistic programs have been designed to make it possible to extract, tally, and print statistical information from the journal.

Ex: People must be made to feel that they and their ideas count.

Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.

Ex: The inmates satisfied their need for reading by smuggling in Polish books, or else narrating stories from memory.

Ex: I would therefore like to give a blanket thankyou to everyone who has talked or written to me in my research and they must now number thousands rather than hundreds.

Ex: At midnight, one pirate arose, opened the chest, and counted out the gold pieces into five even piles.

Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

* contando = counting.

* contar Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* contar chismes de Alguien = tell + tales out of school about + Alguien.

* contar con = hold, count on, have at + Posesivo + disposal, bank on, set + your watch by.

* contar con Alguien = count + Pronombre + in.

* contar con apoyo para = have + support for.

* contar con el apoyo de Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.

* contar con el apoyo necesario para = have + the power behind to.

* contar con el visto bueno = meet with + approval.

* contar con la aprobación = meet with + approval.

* contar con la colaboración de = enjoy + cooperation with.

* contar con la cooperación de = enjoy + cooperation with.

* contar con + Posesivo + aprobación = meet + Posesivo + approval.

* contar con + Posesivo + visto bueno = meet + Posesivo + approval.

* contar de = tell of.

* contar dinero = count + money.

* contar en confianza = confide.

* contar experiencias = tell + tales.

* contar historias = tell + tales.

* contar la experiencia = relate + experience, recount + experience.

* contar las ideas a Alguien = run + ideas + past + Pronombre.

* contarle las penas a Alguien = sob + Posesivo + heart out to.

* contar para nada = count + for nothing.

* contar + Posesivo + propia vida y milagros = spill + Posesivo + guts.

* contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* contar una anécdota = tell + story.

* contar una historia = spin + a yarn, weave + a tale, narrate + story, weave + story.

* contar un cuento = tell + story.

* cuenta la leyenda que = legend has it that, as legend goes.

* dinero contante y sonante = readies, the ready.

* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.

* no contar = be out of the picture.

* no contar con = leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no contar con la aprobación = frown on/upon.

* poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre.

* que se cuentan por millones = numbered in millions.

* según cuenta la leyenda = legend has it that, as legend goes.

* sin contar = not including, excluding.

* sin contar con = in the absence of.

* visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

* volver a contar = recount, retell.

* * *

contar [ A10 ]

vt

Sentido I

A ‹dinero/votos› to count

15 días a contar desde la fecha de notificación 15 days starting from the date of notification

está contando los días que faltan para que llegues he's counting the days until you arrive

B

1 (incluir) to count

a mí no me cuentes entre sus partidarios don't include me among his supporters

lo cuento entre mis mejores amigos I consider him (to be) one of my best friends

sin contar al profesor somos 22 there are 22 of us, not counting the teacher

y eso sin contar las horas extras and that's without taking overtime into account o without including overtime

2

(llevar): contaba ya veinte años ( frml o liter); she was then twenty years old

la asociación cuenta ya medio siglo de vida ( frml); the association has now been in existence for half a century ( frml)

Sentido II ‹cuento/chiste/secreto› to tell

no se lo cuentes a nadie don't tell anyone

cuéntame qué es de tu vida tell me what you've been doing o ( colloq) what you've been up to

¡y a mí me lo vas a contar! ( fam); you're telling me! o don't I know! o tell me about it! ( colloq)

abuelito, cuéntame un cuento grandpa, tell me a story

es una historia muy larga de contar it's a long story

¡cuéntaselo a tu abuela! ( fam); go tell it to the marines! ( AmE colloq), come off it! ( BrE colloq)

¿qué cuentas (de nuevo)? ( fam); how're things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)

■ contar

vi

A

1 ( Mat) to count

cuenta de diez en diez count in tens

cuenta hasta 20 count (up) to 20

cuatro tiendas, dos bares … y para de contar four stores, two bars and that's it

2 (importar, valer) to count

para él lo único que cuenta es el dinero for him the only thing that counts is money o the only thing that matters to him is money

¿este trabajo cuenta para la nota final? does this piece of work count toward(s) the final grade?

este ejercicio cuenta por dos porque es muy largo this exercise counts as two because it's very long

a efectos impositivos, estos ingresos no cuentan this does not count as taxable income

lo que cuenta es el gesto it's the thought that counts

B contar con

1 ‹persona/ayuda/discreción› to count on, rely on

¿puedo contar con tu colaboración? can I count on your help?

cuento contigo para la fiesta I'm counting o relying on you being at the party

no cuentes conmigo para mañana, tengo una cita con el médico don't expect me there tomorrow, I've got a doctor's appointment

yo me opongo, así es que no cuentes conmigo I'm against it, so you can count me out

2 (prever) to expect

no contaba con que hiciera tan mal tiempo I wasn't expecting the weather to be so bad, I hadn't bargained for o allowed for such bad weather

no habíamos contado con este contratiempo we hadn't expected o anticipated o ( colloq) we hadn't reckoned on this setback

3 ( frml) (tener) to have

el hotel cuenta con piscina, gimnasio y sauna the hotel has o is equipped with o offers o boasts a swimming pool, gym and sauna

no contamos con los elementos de juicio necesarios we do not have o possess the necessary knowledge

los sindicatos contarán con representación en este organismo the unions will be represented in this organization

■ contarse

v pron

1 ( frml) (estar incluido) contarse ENTRE algo:

se cuenta entre los pocos que tienen acceso she is numbered among the few who have access ( frml), she is one of the few people who have access

sus partidarios, entre quienes me cuento their supporters, and I count myself as one of them o ( frml) their supporters, and I number myself among them

su nombre se cuenta entre los finalistas her name figures o appears among the finalists

su novela se cuenta entre las mejores del año his novel is among o is numbered among the year's best

2

¿qué te cuentas? how's it going? ( colloq), how's things? ( colloq)

* * *

contar ( conjugate contar) verbo transitivo
1 ‹dinero/votos/días› to count;
◊ eran 6 sin contar al conductor there were 6 of them not counting the driver;

y eso sin contar las horas extras and that's without including overtime;
lo cuento entre mis amigos I consider him (to be) one of my friends
2 ‹cuento/chiste/secreto› to tell;
◊ no se lo cuentes a nadie don't tell anyone;

es muy largo de contar it's a long story;
¿qué cuentas (de nuevo)? (fam) how're things? (colloq)
verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to count;
◊ contar con los dedos to count on one's fingers;

¿este trabajo cuenta para la nota final? does this piece of work count toward(s) the final grade?;
ella no cuenta para nada what she says (o thinks etc) doesn't count for anything
2
◊ contar con

a) ‹persona/ayuda/discreción› to count on, rely on;

◊ cuento contigo para la fiesta I'm counting o relying on you being at the party;

sin contar con que … without taking into account that …
b) ( prever) to expect;

◊ no contaba con que hiciera tan mal tiempo I wasn't expecting the weather to be so bad

c) (frml) ( tener) to have;

◊ cuenta con 10 años de experiencia she has 10 years of experience

contarse verbo pronominal
a) (frml) ( estar incluido):

◊ me cuento entre sus partidarios I count myself as one of their supporters;

su novela se cuenta entre las mejores his novel is among the best
b)

◊ ¿qué te cuentas? how's it going? (colloq)

contar
I verbo transitivo
1 (un suceso, una historia) to tell
2 (numerar) to count
II verbo intransitivo to count
♦ Locuciones: contar con, (confiar en) to count on
(constar de) to have
' contar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acostumbrar
- cacarear
- confiar
- cotillear
- cuento
- dada
- dado
- desahogarse
- guión
- lisamente
- película
- referir
- sin
- bola
- chisme
- chiste
- contabilizar
- esperar
- largo
- narración
- platicar
English:
allow for
- bank on
- bargain for
- bargain on
- count
- count on
- count out
- crack
- depend
- expect
- fib
- figure on
- foresee
- joke
- miscount
- narrate
- number
- plan on
- put
- reckon
- reckon on
- recount
- rely
- repeat
- report
- retell
- secret
- spin
- story
- tell
- untold
- bank
- boast
- command
- figure
- gossip
- plan
- re-count
- tale
- to

* * *

contar

♦ vt

1. [enumerar] to count;

contaron doscientos manifestantes en la marcha del domingo the number of demonstrators at Sunday's march was estimated at two hundred;

se pueden contar con los dedos de una mano you can count them on (the fingers of) one hand

2. [incluir] to count;

cuenta también los gastos de desplazamiento count o include travel costs too;

somos cincuenta y siete sin contar a los niños there are fifty-seven of us, not counting the children;

la economía, sin contar el desempleo, parece recuperarse the economy, with the exception of the unemployment situation, seems to be recovering

3. [narrar] to tell;

no me cuentes el final don't tell me what happens;

ya me contarás qué tal te va por la capital let me know how you get on in the capital;

me han contado maravillas sobre ese restaurante I've heard great things about that restaurant;
Fam
¿qué cuentas? how are you doing?;

¿qué me cuentas? ¡no me lo puedo creer! never! I can't believe it!;
Fam
cuéntame, ¿cómo te va la vida? tell me, how are things?;
Irónico
¿me lo cuentas a mí? you're telling me!;

Comp
Fam
¡cuéntaselo a tu abuela! pull the other one!, come off it!;

Comp
Fam
no me cuentes tu vida I don't want to hear your life story

4. [tener una cantidad de]
la población contaba mil habitantes the village had a thousand inhabitants;

cuenta ya diez años she's ten years old now;

el equipo cuenta ya dos victorias the team has already achieved two wins, the team already has two wins under its belt

5. [considerar]
a él lo cuento como uno más del grupo I consider o see him as just another member of the group;

te contaba como una persona seria I thought you were a serious person;

cuenta que la próxima semana estoy de vacaciones remember that I'm on holiday next week

♦ vi

1. [hacer cálculos] to count;

sabe contar hasta diez she can count to ten;

contar con los dedos to count on one's fingers;

un perro, dos gatos y para de contar a dog, two cats and that's it

2. [importar] to count;

lo que cuenta es que te pongas bien the important thing is for you to get better, what matters is for you to get better;

en esta casa no cuento para nada I count for nothing in this household;

para él lo único que cuenta es ganar dinero the only thing that matters to him is making money;

los dos peores resultados no cuentan para el resultado final the worst two scores aren't taken into account when calculating the final total;

es tan fuerte que cuenta por dos he has the strength of two men

3.
contar con [confiar en] to count on, to rely on;

es un buen amigo, siempre se puede contar con él he's a good friend, you can count on o rely on him;

¡no cuentes con ellos! don't count on o rely on them!;

no cuentes conmigo, no voy a venir don't expect me, I won't be coming;

cuenta con ello, estaré allí para ayudarte I'll be there to help you, you can count on it, rest assured, I'll be there to help you

4.
contar con [tener, poseer] to have;

cuenta con dos horas para hacerlo she has two hours to do it;

las minorías contarán con representación en el nuevo parlamento minority parties will be represented in the new parliament

5.
contar con [tener en cuenta] to take into account;

con esto no contaba I hadn't reckoned with that;

no contaban con que se acabara la cerveza tan rápidamente they hadn't expected the beer to run out so quickly

♦ See also the pronominal verb contarse

* * *

contar

I v/t

1 count

2 ( narrar) tell;

¡a quién se lo vas a contar!, ¡me lo vas a contar a mí! you’re telling me!;

¿qué (me) cuentas? what’s new?

II v/i

1 count

2

:

contar con count on

* * *

contar {19} vt

1) : to count

2) : to tell

3) : to include

contar vi

1) : to count (up)

2) : to matter, to be of concern

eso no cuenta: that doesn't matter

3)

contar con : to rely on, to count on

♦ See also the reflexive verb contarse

* * *

contar vb

1. (en general) to count

los pastores cuentan las ovejas shepherds count their sheep

sabe contar hasta diez he can count up to ten

2. (explicar) to tell [pt. & pp. told]

contar un cuento to tell a story

3. (edad) to be

el joven campeón cuenta con tan sólo 16 años the young champion is only 16 years old

contar con (confiar) to count on (tener) to have

cuento contigo I'm counting on you

esta casa cuenta con un pequeño jardín this house has got a small garden

Spanish-English dictionary > contar
5 tal

adj.

1 such (semejante, tan grande).

¡jamás se vio cosa tal! you've never seen such a thing!

lo dijo con tal seguridad que… he said it with such conviction that…

su miedo era tal o tal era su miedo que… so great o such was her fear that…, she was so afraid that…

en tal caso in such a case

dijo cosas tales como… he said things like…

2 such and such.

a tal hora at such and such a time

pron.

such a thing (alguna cosa).

* * *

tal

► adjetivo

1 (semejante) such

■ nunca había oído tal cosa I had never heard such a thing

■ en tales condiciones in such conditions

2 (tan grande) such, so

■ tal es su ignorancia que... he is so ignorant that...

3 (cosa sin especificar) such and such

■ tal día such and such a day

4 (persona sin especificar) someone called, a certain

■ vino un tal Alberto someone called Alberto came

► pronombre

1 (alguno - cosa) such a thing, something; (- persona) someone, somebody

■ yo no dije tal I didn't say such a thing

■ tal habrá que lo crea someone is bound to believe it

► adverbio

1 (así) in such a way, so

■ tal me contestó que no supe cómo reaccionar he answered in such a way that I didn't know how to react

■ tal estaban de cansados que se fueron a dormir en seguida they were so tired that they went straight to bed

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened

como tal as such

de tal manera que in such a way that

de tal palo tal astilla like father, like son

no hay tal como... there's nothing like...

¿qué tal? how are things?

¿qué tal...? how... ?

■ ¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?

tal como (ejemplos) such as 2 (de la misma manera) just as

tal cual just as it is

tal para cual two of a kind

tal vez perhaps, maybe

tal y como just as, as

■ tal y como veo las cosas... as I see things...

y tal y cual and so on

una tal familiar prostitute

* * *
1. adj.
1) such

2) said

•

- tal vez
2. adv.
so, thus

- con tal que

- ¿qué tal?
3. pron.
1) such a one

2) such a thing

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [en relación con algo ya mencionado] such

no existía tal restaurante — no such restaurant existed

nunca he hecho tal cosa — I never did any such thing o anything of the sort

en tales casos es mejor consultar con un médico — in such cases it's better to consult a doctor

nunca he visto a tal persona — I've never seen any such person

hace diez años, tal día como hoy — on the same day ten years ago, ten years ago today

el tal cura resultó estar casado — this priest (we were talking about) o pey this priest person turned out to be married
cosa 4), palo 1)
2) [indicando extrañeza o exageración] such

con tal atrevimiento — with such a cheek, so cheekily

eran tales sus deseos de venganza — her desire for revenge was so great

¡había tal confusión en el aeropuerto! — it was total chaos at the airport!

tal era su fuerza que podía levantar a dos hombres — he was so strong that he could lift two men

3) [indicando indeterminación]

se aloja en tal o cual hotel — he is staying at such-and-such a hotel

tal día, a tal hora — on such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a time

vivía en la calle tal, en el número cual — she lived in such-and-such a street at such-and-such a number

necesitaba un millón para tal cosa y otro millón para tal otra — he needed a million for one thing and another million for another

un tal García — one García, a man called García or something pey

2. PRON

1) (=persona indeterminada)

el tal — this man I mentioned

esa es una tal — pey she's a tart *

me dijo que yo era un tal o un cual — she called me all sorts of names

es su padre, y como tal, es responsable de su hijo — he's his father, and as such he is responsible for his son

- son tal para cual
fulano
2) (=cosa indeterminada)

no haré tal — I won't do anything of the sort, I'll do no such thing

• y tal * —

fuimos al cine y tal — we went to the pictures and stuff *

había pinchos, bebidas y tal — there were snacks and drinks and things

estábamos charlando y tal, y de pronto me dio un beso — we were just chatting and so on, when suddenly he kissed me

• tal y cual, teníamos prisa, pero entre tal y cual tardamos una hora — we were in a hurry, but between one thing and another it took us an hour

es muy simpática y tal y cual, pero no me gusta — she's very nice and all that, but I don't like her

me dijo que si tal y que si cual, pero no pudo convencerme — he said this, that and the other, but he wasn't able to convince me

3. ADV

1) [en comparaciones]

• tal como, estaba tal como lo dejé — it was just as I had left it

tal y como están las cosas, no creo que sea buena idea — as things are o given the current state of affairs, I don't think it would be a good idea

tal y como están las cosas, es mejor que nos vayamos — under the circumstances, it would be better if we left

• tal cual, déjalo tal cual — leave it just as it is

después de tantos años sigue tal cual — she hasn't changed after all these years

se enteró de la noticia y se quedó tal cual — when he heard the news he didn't bat an eyelid

en la foto salió tal cual es en realidad — it came out in the photo just like it is in real life

tal la madre, cual la hija — like mother, like daughter

• tal que, tomaremos algo ligero tal que una tortilla — we'll have something light such as o like an omelette

2) [en preguntas]

¿qué tal? — how's things?, how are you?

¿qué tal el partido? — what was the game like?, how was the game?

¿qué tal tu tío? — how's your uncle?

¿qué tal estás? — how are you?

¿qué tal estoy con este vestido? — how do I look in this dress?

¿qué tal has dormido? — how did you sleep?

¿qué tal es físicamente? — what does she look like?

¿qué tal si lo compramos? — why don't we buy it?, suppose we buy it?

3)

• tal vez — perhaps, maybe

son, tal vez, las mejores canciones del disco — they are perhaps o maybe o possibly the best songs on the album

-¿crees que ganarán? -tal vez — "do you think they'll win?" - "perhaps o maybe o they may do"

tal vez me pase por tu casa mañana — I may drop in at your place tomorrow

4)

• con tal de, hace lo que sea con tal de llamar la atención — he'll do anything to attract attention

no importa el frío con tal de ir bien abrigado — the cold doesn't matter as long as o if you're well wrapped up

• con tal de que — provided (that), as long as

con tal de que no me engañes — provided (that) o as long as you don't deceive me

con tal de que regreséis antes de las once — provided (that) o as long as you get back before eleven

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) ( dicho) such

no existía tal tesoro — there was no such treasure

nunca dije tal cosa — I never said anything of the kind o such a thing

2) ( seguido de consecuencia)

era tal su desesperación que... — such was his despair that...

se llevó tal disgusto que... — she was so upset (that)...

había tal cantidad de gente que... — there were so many people that...

3) ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such

tal día en tal lugar such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a place; llamó un tal Méndez — a Mr Méndez phoned
II
pronombre

si quieres trato de adulto, compórtate como tal — if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one

y como tal es responsable — as such he is responsible

que si tal y que si cual — and so on and so forth

son tal para cual — (fam) he's just as bad as she is, they're as bad as each other

- tal por cual
III
adverbio

1) (fam) ( en preguntas)

hola ¿qué tal? — hello, how are you?

¿qué tal es Marisa? — what's Marisa like?

¿qué tal lo pasaron? — how did it go?

2) (en locs)

con tal de + inf: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention; con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back; con tal (de) que + subj: con tal (de) que nadie se entere as long as no one finds out; con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas as long as o provided you give it back (to me); tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are; hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you; tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words; lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was; tal vez maybe; tal vez venga maybe he'll come; pensé que tal vez querrías — I thought you might want to

* * *

= such.

Ex. Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

----

* aceptar tal cual = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.

* a tal efecto = to this effect.

* a tales efectos = hereto.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.

* con tal de que + Subjuntivo = providing (that).

* con tal de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* copiar tal cual = lift + wholesale and unmodified.

* de modo tal que = so much so that.

* de tal envergadura = such that, of such magnitude.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.

* de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.

* de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.

* de tal naturaleza = such that.

* de tal palo tal astilla = a chip off the old block, like father, like son.

* fulano de tal = so-and-so.

* hasta tal grado que = so much so that.

* hasta tal punto + Adjetivo = such a + Nombre.

* hasta tal punto que = to a point where.

* no existir como tal = there + be + no such thing as.

* tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.

* tal como es = warts and all.

* tal como lo conocemos = as we know it.

* tal cual = unaltered, uncritically, unmodified, unedited, warts and all, just as, like that, like this.

* tal o cual = such and such.

* tal que = such that.

* tal vez = perhaps.

* tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.

* tal y cual = such and such.

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) ( dicho) such

no existía tal tesoro — there was no such treasure

nunca dije tal cosa — I never said anything of the kind o such a thing

2) ( seguido de consecuencia)

era tal su desesperación que... — such was his despair that...

se llevó tal disgusto que... — she was so upset (that)...

había tal cantidad de gente que... — there were so many people that...

3) ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such

tal día en tal lugar such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a place; llamó un tal Méndez — a Mr Méndez phoned
II
pronombre

si quieres trato de adulto, compórtate como tal — if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one

y como tal es responsable — as such he is responsible

que si tal y que si cual — and so on and so forth

son tal para cual — (fam) he's just as bad as she is, they're as bad as each other

- tal por cual
III
adverbio

1) (fam) ( en preguntas)

hola ¿qué tal? — hello, how are you?

¿qué tal es Marisa? — what's Marisa like?

¿qué tal lo pasaron? — how did it go?

2) (en locs)

con tal de + inf: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention; con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back; con tal (de) que + subj: con tal (de) que nadie se entere as long as no one finds out; con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas as long as o provided you give it back (to me); tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are; hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you; tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words; lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was; tal vez maybe; tal vez venga maybe he'll come; pensé que tal vez querrías — I thought you might want to

* * *

= such.

Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

* aceptar tal cual = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.

* a tal efecto = to this effect.

* a tales efectos = hereto.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.

* con tal de que + Subjuntivo = providing (that).

* con tal de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.

* copiar tal cual = lift + wholesale and unmodified.

* de modo tal que = so much so that.

* de tal envergadura = such that, of such magnitude.

* de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.

* de tal manera que = so that.

* de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.

* de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.

* de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.

* de tal naturaleza = such that.

* de tal palo tal astilla = a chip off the old block, like father, like son.

* fulano de tal = so-and-so.

* hasta tal grado que = so much so that.

* hasta tal punto + Adjetivo = such a + Nombre.

* hasta tal punto que = to a point where.

* no existir como tal = there + be + no such thing as.

* tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.

* tal como es = warts and all.

* tal como lo conocemos = as we know it.

* tal cual = unaltered, uncritically, unmodified, unedited, warts and all, just as, like that, like this.

* tal o cual = such and such.

* tal que = such that.

* tal vez = perhaps.

* tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.

* tal y cual = such and such.

* * *

tal¹

adjective

A

(dicho): no existía tal tesoro, todo era fruto de su imaginación there was no such treasure, he had made it all up

yo nunca he dicho tal cosa I have never said anything of the kind o anything of the sort

nunca recibí tales instrucciones I never received any such instructions

B

(seguido de consecuencia): su desesperación era tal or era tal su desesperación que llegó a pensar en el suicidio his despair was such o such was his despair that he even contemplated suicide

se llevó tal disgusto or se llevó un disgusto tal que estuvo llorando toda la tarde she was so upset (that) she spent the whole afternoon crying

había tal cantidad de gente que no pudimos entrar there were such a lot of o so many people that we couldn't get in

C (con valor indeterminado) such-and-such ( before n)

siempre está pidiendo dinero para tal cosa y tal otra he's always asking for money for one thing or another

ha llamado un tal Méndez a Mr Méndez phoned, someone called Méndez phoned

tal²

pronoun

si quieres que te traten como a un adulto, compórtate como tal if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one

es usted el secretario y como tal tiene ciertas responsabilidades you are the secretary and as such you have certain responsibilities

que si tal y que si cual and so on and so forth

estaban pintando, poniendo tablas nuevas y tal ( Esp); they were painting, putting in new boards and so on o and that sort of thing

me dijo que si eras un tal y un cual … he said all kinds of terrible things about you

son tal para cual ( fam); he's just as bad as she is o they're as bad as each other o they're two of a kind

Compuestos:

● tal para cual

masculine and feminine ( Méx fam) so-and-so ( colloq)

● tal por cual

masculine and feminine ( fam); so-and-so ( colloq)

tal³

adverb

A ( fam)

(en preguntas): hola ¿qué tal? hello, how are you?

¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?

¿qué tal es Marisa? what's Marisa like?

B ( en locs):

con tal de + INF: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention

con tal de no tener que volver mañana as long as I don't have to come back tomorrow

con tal (de) que + SUBJ: con tal (de) que no se entere nadie, pagará lo que le pidamos he'll pay whatever we ask to stop anybody finding out

quédatelo por ahora, con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes del viernes keep it for now, as long as o provided you give it back (to me) before Friday

dale otro, cualquier cosa con tal (de) que se calle give her another one, anything to keep her quiet

tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are

déjalo tal (y) como lo encontraste leave it just the way you found it o just as you found it

hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you o just as she told you

tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words, she said just that, word for word

no cambié nada, lo dejé todo tal cual I didn't change anything, I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was

el postre le quedó igualito al de la foto, tal cual the dessert came out exactly as it looked in the photo

tal vez maybe

¿vas a ir? — tal vez are you going to go? — maybe o I'll see

tal vez no se enteró or no se haya enterado maybe o perhaps o it's possible she hasn't heard

se me ocurrió que tal vez estuviera or estaría allí esperándome it occurred to me that he might be there waiting for me

* * *

tal adjetivo
1 ( dicho) such;
◊ en tales casos in such cases;

nunca dije tal cosa I never said anything of the kind o such a thing
2 ( seguido de consecuencia):
◊ se llevó tal disgusto que … she was so upset (that) …;

había tal cantidad de gente que … there were so many people that …
3 ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such;
◊ tal día, en tal lugar such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a place;

llamó un tal Méndez a Mr Méndez phoned
■ pronombre:
◊ eres un adulto, compórtate como tal you're an adult, behave like one;

que si tal y que si cual and so on and so forth;
son tal para cual they're as bad as each other
■ adverbio
1 (fam) ( en preguntas):
◊ hola ¿qué tal? hello, how are you?;

¿qué tal es Marisa? what's Marisa like?;
¿qué tal lo pasaron? how did it go?
2 ( en locs)
◊ con tal de: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention;

con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back;
tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are;
hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you;
tal cual: lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was;
tal vez maybe
tal
I adjetivo
1 (dicho, semejante) such: no dije tal cosa, I never said such a thing o anything of the kind
tales mariposas son corrientes aquí, butterflies like that are common here
de tal madre, tal hija, like mother, like daughter
de tal manera, in such a way
en tales condiciones, in such conditions
tal día como hoy, on a day like today
(uso enfático) nunca escuché tal algarabía, I never heard such a racket
tenía tal dolor de cabeza..., I had such a headache...
2 (valor indeterminado) such and such
tal día, en tal sitio, such and such a day at such and such a place
ayer te llamó un tal Pedro, someone called Pedro phoned you yesterday
II pron él es el jefe, y como tal es el culpable, he's the boss and, as such, he's to blame
sois tal para cual, you are two of a kind
y tal y cual, and so on
III adv (en expresiones)
1 ¿qué tal?: ¿qué tal tu familia?, how is your family? 2 tal vez, perhaps, maybe ➣ Ver nota en maybe 3 tal cual, just as it is 4 tal como, just as: tal como lo contaba, parecía cierto, the way he explained it, it seemed true
(del mismo modo) escríbelo tal y como te lo cuento, write it exactly as I tell you 5 con tal (de) que, so long as, provided
' tal' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
astilla
- bailar
- bañera
- bien
- caso
- como
- con
- cual
- fulana
- fulano
- hombre
- manera
- padre
- palo
- rebotar
- reventa
- según
- semejante
- soñar
- tanta
- tanto
- tramoya
- vez
- caer
- che
- esperar
- llegar
- pasar
- preguntar
- prever
- punto
- qué
- regular
- resultar
- salir
- tirar
- y
English:
abroad
- arbitration
- average
- card
- certain
- chip
- colour
- come out
- do
- father
- fine
- flail
- grill
- intimidate
- like
- long
- maybe
- perhaps
- stand
- such
- such-and-such
- suchlike
- talk
- two
- wander
- way
- a
- come
- cope
- get
- keep
- kind
- length
- OK
- one
- regardless
- shame
- status
- tell
- thing

* * *

tal

♦ adj

1. [semejante] such;

¡jamás se vio cosa tal! you've never seen such a thing!;

en tal caso in such a case;

dijo cosas tales como… he said such things as…

2. [tan grande] such;

lo dijo con tal seguridad que… he said it with such conviction that…;

me enojé de tal modo que… I got so angry that…;

su miedo era tal que…, tal era su miedo que… so great o such was her fear that…, she was so afraid that…

3. [mencionado]
yo no he dicho tal cosa I never said such a thing, I never said anything of the sort;

tales noticias resultaron falsas the news turned out to be untrue;

ese tal Félix es un antipático that Félix is really unpleasant

4. [sin especificar] such and such;

a tal hora at such and such a time;

quedamos tal día en tal sitio we agreed to meet on a certain day in a certain place

5. [desconocido]
te ha llamado un tal Pérez a Mr Pérez called for you;

hay un tal Jiménez que te puede ayudar there's someone called Mr Jiménez who can help you

♦ pron

1. [semejante cosa] such a thing;

yo no dije tal I never said any such thing, I never said anything of the sort;

como tal [en sí] as such;

tal y cual, tal y tal this and that;

y tal [etcétera] and so on;

trajeron vino, cerveza y tal they brought wine and beer and so on o and stuff

2. [semejante persona]
si eres un profesional, actúa como tal if you're a professional, then act like one

3. Comp

que si tal, que si cual this, that and the other;

ser tal para cual to be two of a kind

♦ adv

¿qué tal…? how…?;

¿qué tal (estás)? how are you (doing)?, how's it going?;

¿qué tal el viaje? how was the journey?;

¿qué tal es ese hotel? what's that hotel like?;

¿qué tal si nos tomamos algo? why don't we have something to drink?;

¿qué tal un descanso? what about a break?;

tal (y) como just as o like;

todo está tal y como lo dejamos everything is just as we left it;

tal y como están las cosas… as things stand…, the way things are…;

tal y como suele ocurrir… as is usual…;

déjalo tal cual leave it (just) as it is;
Fam
una bebida, tal que una cerveza a drink, like a beer

♦ con tal de loc conj

as long as, provided;

con tal de volver pronto… as long as o provided we're back early…;

haría lo que fuera con tal de entrar en el equipo I'd do anything to get into the team, I'd do anything as long as o provided I got into the team;

lo haré con tal (de) que me des tiempo I'll do it as long as o provided you give me time

♦ tal vez loc adv

perhaps, maybe;

¿vienes? – tal vez are you coming? – perhaps o maybe o I may do;

tal vez vaya I may go;

tal vez llueva mañana it may rain tomorrow;

tal vez no lo creas you may not believe it;

pensé que tal vez mereciera la pena intentarlo I thought it might be worth trying;

tal vez sí maybe, perhaps;

tal vez no maybe not, perhaps not

* * *

tal

I adj such;

no dije tal cosa I said no such thing;

el gerente era un tal Lucas the manager was someone called Lucas;

el tal abogado resultó ser su padre the lawyer (in question) turned out to be her father

II adv

1

:

¿qué tal? how’s it going?;

¿qué tal la película? what was the movie like?

2

:

tal como such as;

tal y como exactly as, just as;

dejó la habitación tal cual la encontró she left the room just as she found it;

occurió así, tal cual that was exactly how it happened;

Marta está tal cual Marta is the same as ever, Marta hasn’t changed a bit;

con tal de que + subj as long as, provided that

III pron

:

tal y tal, tal y cual and so on, and so forth;

tal para cual two of a kind

* * *

tal adv

1) : so, in such a way

2)

tal como : just as

tal como lo hice: just the way I did it

3)

con tal que : provided that, as long as

4)

¿qué tal? : how are you?, how's it going?

tal adj

1) : such, such a

2)

tal vez : maybe, perhaps

tal pron

1) : such a one, someone

2) : such a thing, something

3)

tal para cual : two of a kind

* * *

tal adj

1. (semejante) such

no deberían admitir a tales personas they shouldn't let such people in

la máquina hacía tal ruido que no pudimos oírnos the machine was making such a racket that we couldn't hear one another

2. (persona indeterminda) someone called

te ha llamado una tal Silvia someone called Silvia rang you

con tal de to

hará cualquier cosa con tal de ir al concierto he'll do anything to go to the concert

con tal de que as long as

iré yo, con tal de que vayáis conmigo I'll go, as long as you come with me

de tal palo tal astilla like father like son

¿qué tal? how are things?

¿qué tal...? how...?

¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?

ser tal para cual to be two of a kind

tal como just as

ella es tal como me la imaginaba she's is just as I imagined

tal cual (sin más) just like that (de la misma manera) the way it is

me gusta tal cual está I like it the way it is

tal vez maybe / perhaps

Spanish-English dictionary > tal
6 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
7 DEAD

• Dead dog never bites (A) - Мертвые не вредят (M)

• Dead dogs bark not - Мертвый не выдаст (M)

• Dead dogs don't bite - Мертвые не вредят (M), Околевший пес не укусит (O)

• Dead dogs never bite - Околевший пес не укусит (O)

• Dead dog tells no tales (A) - Мертвый не выдаст (M)

• Dead men do no harm - Мертвые не вредят (M)

• Dead men don't bite - Мертвые не вредят (M), Околевший пес не укусит (O)

• Dead men don't talk - Мертвый не выдаст (M)

• Dead men don't walk again - Мертвых с погоста не носят (M)

• Dead men never bite - Мертвые не вредят (M), Околевший пес не укусит (O)

• Dead men tell no tales - Мертвый не выдаст (M)

• He is dead that is faultless - Век живучи, споткнешься идучи (B), Огня без дыма, человека без ошибок не бывает (O), Только мертвые не ошибаются (T), Человеку свойственно ошибаться (4)

• Let the dead bury the dead - Что минуло, то сгинуло b (4), Что о том тужить, чего нельзя воротить (4)

• Near dead never filled the kirk-yard - Не всякая болезнь к смерти (H), Не всяк умирает, кто хворает (H), Скрипучее дерево стоит, а здоровое летит (C), Упавшего не считай за пропавшего (У)

• Never speak ill of the dead - О мертвых или хорошо, или ничего (O)

• No man is dead till he's dead - Не всякая болезнь к смерти (У), Упавшего не считай за пропавшего (У)

• Say nothing but good of the dead - О мертвых или хорошо, или ничего (O)

• Slander not the dead - О мертвых или хорошо, или ничего (O)

• Speak well of the dead - О мертвых или хорошо, или ничего (O)

• You might as well physic the dead as give advice to an old man - Старого учить, что мертвого лечить (C)

Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > DEAD
8 ir

v.

1 to go.

ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinema

ir en autobús/coche to go by bus/car

ir andando to go on foot, to walk

¡vamos! let's go!

2 to be gradually.

ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing something

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

3 to go.

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job

su negocio va mal his business is going badly

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?

4 to go.

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers

5 to go, to belong.

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there

6 to go, to leave (marcharse).

irse a to go to

¡vete! go away!

El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.

7 to go (to search).

ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)

8 to go (to consume, to disappear).

se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut

9 to be going (intención).

ir a hacer algo to be going to do something

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you

10 to get (to change).

ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse

11 to work.

la manivela va floja the crank is loose

la televisión no va the television isn't working

12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).

ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody

13 to suit (clothes).

irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebody

esta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers

14 to do (tratamiento).

irle bien a alguien to do somebody good

15 to like, to care.

no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

16 to attend.

Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.

17 to be doing, to make out.

Me va bien I am doing well.

18 to keep on, to keep.

Ir caminando Keep on walking.

19 to go for.

Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me

20 to match.

Estas medias van These socks match.

* * *

IR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van.

Imperfect Subjunctive

iba, ibas, iba, íbamos, ibais, iban.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Present Subjunctive

vaya, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayáis, vayan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vaya (él/Vd.), vayamos (nos.), id (vos.), vayan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to go

2) get on

3) extend

•

- ir a
- ir a pie
- irse
* * *
Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=marchar)

a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go

anoche fuimos al cine — we went to the cinema last night

¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?

¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?

esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca

íbamos hacia Sevilla — we were going towards Seville

ir hasta León — to go as far as León

ir despacio — to go slow(ly)

ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously

¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?

b) [indicando la forma de transporte]

• ir [andando] — to walk, go on foot

tuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot

¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?

• ir en [avión] — to fly

• ir en [bicicleta] — to ride

• ir a [caballo] — to ride

• fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove

• ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot

• fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} rail

c) [con complemento]

iba muy bien vestido — he was very well dressed

este reloj va atrasado — this clock is slow

iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street

d)

• ir (a) [por] — to go and get

voy (a) por el paraguas — I'll go and get the umbrella

voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor

voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

2) [indicando proceso]

a) [persona]

¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?

el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better

el enfermo va peor — the patient has got worse

b) [acción, obra] to go

¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?

¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?

¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?

todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well

los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better

c)

• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?

ir por la mitad de algo — to be halfway through sth

la película ya va por la mitad — it's already half way through the film

íbamos por la mitad de nuestro viaje — we were half way there

3) [indicando manera, posición]

ese cuadro debería ir encima del sofá — that picture should go over the sofa

lo que te dijo iba en serio — he meant what he said (to you)

4) (=extenderse) to go, stretch

la pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea

• [en lo que] va de año — so far this year

en lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week

en lo que va desde 1950 hasta nuestros días — from 1950 up until now

5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]

va mucho de uno a otro — there's a lot of difference between them

¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!

de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2

6) [indicando acumulación]

con este van 30 — that makes 30 (with this one)

van ya tres llamadas y no contesta — we've called him three times and he doesn't answer

7) [en apuestas]

van cinco pesos a que no lo haces — I bet you five pesos you won't do it

¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?

8) (=vestir)

ir con pantalones — to be wearing trousers

¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?

iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red

la que va de negro — the girl in black
etiqueta 2)
9)

irle a algn —

a) [indicando importancia]

nos va mucho en esto — we have a lot riding on this

le va la vida en ello — his life depends on it

- ni me va ni me viene

b) [indicando situación]

¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?

¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?

¡que te vaya bien! — take care!

c) (=sentar) to suit

¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?

no le va bien el sombrero — the hat doesn't suit her

d) * (=gustar)

no me va nada ese rollo — I'm not into that sort of thing *

ese tipo de gente no me va — I don't get on with that type of people

le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul

10) [seguido de preposición]
ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with
no quería ir con ella a ninguna parte — I didn't want to go anywhere with her

iba con su madre — he was with his mother

esta fotocopia debe ir con la carta — this photocopy has to go (in) with the letter

yo voy con el Real Madrid — I support Real Madrid

el marrón no va bien con el azul — brown and blue don't go together

eso de ser famosa no va con ella — being famous doesn't agree with her
ir de
¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?

la película va nada más que de sexo — the film is all sex

no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about

va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time

¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
ir para
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40

va para viejo — he's getting old

va para arquitecto — he's going to be an architect

va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
ir por [indicando intención]
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you

¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
ir tras to go after
se dio cuenta de que iban tras él — he realized they were after him

ir tras una chica — to chase (after) a girl

11) [otras locuciones]

• [a lo que] iba — as I was saying

• ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems

• [¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"

-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"

• si vamos a [eso] — for that matter

a eso voy — I'm coming to that

pues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at

• es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate

• ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse

• ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One

aquí cada uno va a lo suyo — everyone does their own thing here

• ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and going

llevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other

cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before

• ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not coming

fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
lejos 1., 1)
12) [exclamaciones]
¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!
¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?

¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *

¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!

¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!

¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!

vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult

una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman

es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
¡qué va!
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"

¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!

2.

VERBO AUXILIAR
ir a ({+ infin}) to go
fui a verle — I went to see him

vamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it

tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street

¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?

¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!

¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?

¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *

• no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes
ir ({+ gerund})
iba anocheciendo — it was getting dark

iban fumando — they were smoking

¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?

fueron hablando todo el camino — they talked the whole way there

como iba diciendo — as I was saying

¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!

id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with

hemos ido consiguiendo lo que queríamos — we found what we wanted eventually

voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
ir ({+ participio})
van escritas tres cartas — that's three letters I've written

va vendido todo — everything has been sold

3.

See:

irse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

----

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *

ir [ I27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ir (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A trasladarse, desplazarse

B expresando propósito

C irle a alguien con algo

D

1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse

2 Juegos

E con comentarios

F estar en juego

G hablando de acciones imprevistas

Sentido II

A ir + complemento

B refiriéndose al atuendo

C en calidad de

D tratar

Sentido III

A llevar a

B extenderse, abarcar

Sentido IV

A marchar, desarrollarse

B en juegos, competiciones

C en el desarrollo de algo

D estar en camino

E sumar, hacer

F haber transcurrido

G haber una diferencia

H depender, radicar

Sentido V

A

1 deber colocarse

2 deber escribirse

3 estar incluido

B

1 combinar

2 sentar, convenir

3 ir en contra de algo

C gustar

D tomar partido por, apoyar

Sentido VI

A

1 expresando incredulidad etc

2 intentando tranquilizar, animar

3 al aclarar, resumir

B

1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad

2 para enfatizar

3 al aclarar, resumir

■ ir (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 para expresar tiempo futuro

2 expresando intención, propósito

3 en propuestas, sugerencias

B al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones

C expresando inevitabilidad

D expresando incredulidad

E

1 en afirmaciones enfáticas

2 al contradecir

Sentido II expresando un proceso paulatino

■ irse (verbo pronominal)

A marcharse

B consumirse, gastarse

C desaparecer: mancha, dolor

D salirse, escaparse

E morirse

F caerse, perder el equilibrio

G andarse, actuar

H

1 en naipes

2 en una asignatura

I las medias

vi

Sentido I

A (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar to go by sea

¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!

es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!

¿quién va? who goes there?

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenue

el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests

no he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything done

voy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)

vamos a casa let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?

nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends class

ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting

juerga, etc

ya vamos para allá we're on our way

¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)

¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?

fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal route

no vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longer

a eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough

¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bit

ir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?

nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñas

ir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him

ir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)

no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalism

no me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at all

allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

B (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:

¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?

ve a ayudarla go and help her

fue a ayudarla he went to help her

¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?

ver tb ir v aux Sense I.

C

irle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems

a la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with tales

D

1

(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!

tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!

2 ( Juegos):

ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000

¡no va más! no more bets!

ver tb no¹ (↑ no (1))

¡ahí va! ( Esp fam): ¡ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero oh no! I've forgotten the money

David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)

E

«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastily

ten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means business

ir POR algn:

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you too

F (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):

se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stake

le va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the line

G ( fam)

(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)

fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been painted

Sentido II

A (+ complemento)

(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along

¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?

ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seat

por lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting down

el niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebars

iba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the street

vas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggar

se notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraid

el tren iba llenísimo the train was packed

déjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help you

el ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the lead

no vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistake

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to another

B (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:

iban de largo they wore long dresses

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula

iba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing green

C (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sth

yo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)

D

( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on

¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?

Sentido III

A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sth

el camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beach

B

(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencia

lo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

estados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargy

Sentido IV

A

(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?

el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse

¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?

¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?

me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam

¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!

¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well

¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?

B

(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1

voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the lead

ya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000

C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:

¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?

estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves now

D (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:

¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!

ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fifty

ya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw him

iba para médico he was going to be a doctor

E

(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you

¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth one

ya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten now

F

(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month

G

(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five

¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)

H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sth

no sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends on

eso va en gustos that's a question of taste

Sentido V

A

1 (deber colocarse) to go

¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?

¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?

¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet

¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in fact

vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time

2

(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? does it have an accent?

3

( RPl) (estar incluido): todo esto va para el examen all of this will be included in the exam

B

1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sth

esos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt

2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you

te irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good

3

ir en contra de algo to go against sth

esto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principles

C

( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

marcha f H. (↑ marcha)

D ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sb

mucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian team

Sentido VI vamos

A

1

(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!

2

(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy

¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!

¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!

dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth

desde el vamos ( RPl fam); from the word go

3

(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anyway

podrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to ask

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway

B vaya

1

(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!

¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)

2

(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!

¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!

¿vaya día! what a day!

¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)

¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!

¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!

3

(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse

■

v aux

Sentido I ir A + INF

A

1

(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!

a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rate

el barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set sail

dijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it over

ya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clock

va a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each other

esto no te va a gustar you're not going to like this

no te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself out

tenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget

2

(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell him

lo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or another

me voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in April

vamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening

3

(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?

siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matter

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work

B

(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of her

ten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll fall

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rains

C

(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?

¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?

D

(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!

está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

E

1

(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?

2

(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?

¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything

¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!

Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:

poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by little

a medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level rises

ha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passed

tú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onions

ahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting ready

como te iba diciendo as I was saying

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the idea

la voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distant

la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse

■ irse

v pron

A

(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting late

bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off ( AmE) o ( BrE) I'm off

el tren ya se ha ido the train's already gone

se quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotland

se han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the square

vete a la cama go to bed

se fue de casa she left home

vete de aquí get out of here

se ha ido de la empresa she's left the company

se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí ( fam); get lost! ( colloq)

(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo ( fam); don't run away, I want to talk to you ( colloq)

B

(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly

(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent

se nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around

¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?

C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to go

se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off

(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape

(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

que no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil over

tápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizz

cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet still

lengua, mano¹ (↑ mano (1))

E ( euf) (morirse) to slip away ( euph)

creo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing him

F (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):

irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back

me daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards

G (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):

vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactful

H

1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out

2

( RPl) (en una asignatura) tb irse a examen to have to take an exam

I ( Col) «medias» to run

* * *

ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;

◊ ir en taxi to go by taxi;

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
b) ( asistir) to go to;

◊ voy a clases nocturnas I go to evening classes;

ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:
◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
◊ no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
◊ iban cantando por el camino they sang as they went along;

¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
◊ iban de largo they wore long dresses;

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
◊ yo fui de intérprete I went along as interpreter

1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
◊ la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia;

el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):
◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;

voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):
◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
◊ ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you;

con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2
a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sth

b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you;

te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
◊ le va al equipo peruano he supports the Peruvian team

1
◊ vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
c) (al aclarar, resumir):

◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2
◊ vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

ir v aux ir a + inf:
1
a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;

◊ voy a estudiar medicina I'm going to study medicine;

va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
◊ que no se te vaya a caer make sure you don't drop it;

cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
◊ poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little;

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;
◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):
◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
◊ se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face

* * *

ir

♦ vi

1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;

fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;

iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;

ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;

ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;

ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;

ir en barco to go by boat;

ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;

ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;

ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;

ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;

los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;

me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;

ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;

ir de vacaciones to go on Br holiday o US vacation;

ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;

¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;

este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;

todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;

¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;

ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;

¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;

no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;

¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;

fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;

¡ahí o [m5] allá va! [al lanzar una cosa] there you go;

ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;

¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;
Anticuado
¿quién va? who goes there?;

¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;

¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;

ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;

todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;

el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;

estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;
Fam Fig
¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;
Fam Fig
les habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;

Prov

(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;

esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;

esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;

el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain

3. [abarcar]
la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;

el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;

la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;

las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westerns

4. Esp [buscar]
ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get sth/sb, to go and fetch sth/sb;

fui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;

ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;

tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;

a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that

5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]
fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;

con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;

el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;

la manivela va floja the crank is loose;

iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;

ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;

iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;

los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;

ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;

tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the lead

6. [expresa apoyo o rechazo]
ir con to support;

voy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;

ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;

ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;

esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;

ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;

ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests

7. [vestir]
ir con/en to wear;

iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;

aquí la gente va con o [m5] en bañador a todas partes people here go around in their swimsuits;

ir de azul to be dressed in blue;

ir de uniforme to be in uniform;

iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;

iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar

8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;

el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;

¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;

su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;

¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;

¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;
[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;
van empate a cero it's Br nil-nil o US zero-zero;

vamos perdiendo we're losing;

¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;

¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;

¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;

¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!

9. [cambiar, encaminarse]
ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;

el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;

como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;

voy para viejo I'm getting old;

esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;

va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rained

10. [alcanzar]
va por el cuarto vaso de vino he's already on his fourth glass of wine;

vamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;

¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;

aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter

11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]
con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;

ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;

van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;

en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;

de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;

va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house

12. [corresponder] to go;

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;

¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?

13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;

¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?

14. [escribirse]
“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;

toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;

el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective

15. [sentar] [ropa]
irle (bien) a alguien to suit sb;

¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;

ir con algo to go with sth;

esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirt

16. [sentar] [vacaciones, tratamiento]
irle bien a alguien to do sb good;

esa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good

17. [funcionar] to work;

la televisión no va the television isn't working;

una radio que va a o [m5] con pilas a radio that uses batteries, a battery-powered radio;

estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow

18. [depender]
en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;

todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;

esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;
CSur
¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teacher

19. [comentario, indirecta]
ir con o [m5] por alguien to be meant for sb, to be aimed at sb;

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;

hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;

lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;

va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of joke

20. Esp Fam [gustar]
no me va el pop I'm not a big fan of pop music;

a mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

21. Fam [costar]
ir a to be, to cost;

¿a cómo o [m5] cuánto va el kilo de tomates? how much is a kilo of tomatoes?

22. Esp Fam [tratar] [conferencia, película, novela]
ir de to be about;

¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?

23. Fam Esp
ir de, RP [m5] irla de [dárselas] [persona] to think oneself;
Esp
va de inteligente, RP [m5] la va de inteligente he thinks he's clever;
Esp
¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?

24. Fam [apostarse]
¿va una cerveza a que llevo razón? I bet you a beer I'm right

25. [en frases] Fam
fue y dijo que… he went and said that…;

y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;
Fam
fue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;
Fam
¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;
Fam
¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;

¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;
[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;
¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;

Comp
Esp
ser el no va más to be the ultimate;

este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;

Comp
RP Fam
desde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;

me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;

Comp
Fam
¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;

Comp

sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;

sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday

♦ v aux

1. [con gerundio] [expresa acción lenta o gradual]
ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing sth;

va anocheciendo it's getting dark;

me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;

voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;

su cine ha ido mejorando últimamente her movies o Br films have been getting better recently;

fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;

iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;

ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;

vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;

como iba diciendo… as I was saying…

2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]
ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;

voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;
[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;
iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;

¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;

el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;

van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;

va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;

voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;

¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;

he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;

vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;

todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;

¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;

no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me

3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]
¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;

¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;

y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;

¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;

¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;

¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;

¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!

♦ vt
Méx
irle a to support;

le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca

♦ See also the pronominal verb irse

* * *

ir

<part ido>

I v/i

1 go (a to);

ir a pie walk, go on foot;

ir en avión fly;

ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;

ir a por algo go and fetch sth;

¡ya voy! I’m coming!;

¿quién va? who goes there?

2 ( vestir)

:

iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform

3

:

van dos a dos DEP the score is two all

4 ( tratar)

:

¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;

el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires

5 ( agradar)

:

el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;

ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;

no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other

6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;

ir bien/mal go well/badly

7 ( abarcar)

:

va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 16

8

:

¡qué va! you must be joking!;

¡vamos! come on!;

¡vaya! well!;

¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;

¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;

a eso voy I’m just getting to that;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too

II v/aux

1 con referencia al futuro

:

va a llover it’s going to rain;

va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer

2 expresando proceso

:

ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;

ir para viejo be getting old;

ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark

3 con referencia al pasado

:

ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;

van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed

* * *

ir {43} vi

1) : to go

ir a pie: to go on foot, to walk

ir a caballo: to ride horseback

ir a casa: to go home

2) : to lead, to extend, to stretch

el camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá

3) funcionar: to work, to function

esta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore

4) : to get on, to get along

¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?

el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well

5) : to suit

ese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you

6)

ir con : to be

ir con prisa: to be in a hurry

7)

ir por : to follow, to go along

fueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline

8)

dejarse ir : to let oneself go

9)

ir a parar : to end up

10)

vamos a ver : let's see

ir v aux

1) (with present participle)

ir caminando: to walk

¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!

2)

ir a : to be going to

voy a hacerlo: I'm going to do it

el avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off

♦ See also the reflexive verb irse

* * *

ir vb

1. (en general) to go [pt. went; pp. gone]

¿adónde vas? where are you going?

fuimos a Madrid en tren we went to Madrid by train

no puedo ir a la fiesta I can't go to the party

ha ido a recoger a su hermano she's gone to pick her brother up

2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go

¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?

¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?

¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?

3. (estar) to be

iba de broma I was joking

va en serio he's serious

mi reloj va atrasado my watch is slow

vas demasiado elegante you're too dressed up

4. (sentar bien) to suit

ese peinado te va muy bien that hairstyle really suits you

5. (gustar) to like / to be into

no me va la música rap I don't like rap music

6. (convenir) to do

te irá bien descansar un poco it'll do you good to get some rest

7. (funcionar) to work

el ascensor no va the lift's not working

ir + a + infinitivo to be going to do something

voy a decírselo I'm going to tell him

te iba a llamar I was going to phone you

ir + gerundio

vas mejorando you're getting better

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

¡vamos caminando! let's walk!

fuimos corriendo we ran

a ti ni te va ni te viene that's nothing to do with you

¿cómo van? (en un partido) what's the score?

ir a parar to end up

fue a parar a la cárcel he ended up in prison

ir con to go with / to match

esa blusa no va con ese pantalón that blouse doesn't go with those trousers

ir de (persona) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn] (libro, película) to be about

va de uniforme he's wearing a uniform

la que va de negro the one in black

¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?

ir por to go and get

voy por el coche I'm going to get the car

ve por los niños go and get the children

ir tirando to get by / to manage

vamos tirando we get by / we're managing

¡qué va! no way! / not at all!

¡vamos a...! let's...!

¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!

¡vaya! well!

¡ya voy! I'm coming!

Spanish-English dictionary > ir
9 ÁLFR

(-s, -ar), m. elf, fairy (hóll er skamt heðan er álfar búa í).

* * *

s, m. [A. S. ælf, munt-ælfen, sæ-ælfen, wudu-ælfen, etc.; Engl. elf, elves, in Shakespeare ouphes are ‘fairies;’ Germ. alb and elfen, Erl- in Erlkönig (Göthe) is, according to Grimm, a corrupt form from the Danish Ellekonge qs. Elver-konge]; in the west of Icel. also pronounced álbr:

I. mythically, an elf, fairy; the Edda distinguishes between Ljósálfar, the elves of light, and Dökkálfar, of darkness (the last not elsewhere mentioned either in mod. fairy tales or in old writers), 12; the Elves and Ases are fellow gods, and form a favourite alliteration in the old mythical poems, e. g. Vsp. 53, Hm. 144, 161, Gm. 4, Ls. 2, 13, Þkv. 7, Skm. 7, 17, Sdm. 18. In the Alvismál Elves and Dwarfs are clearly distinguished as different. The abode of the elves in the Edda is Álfheimar, fairy land, and their king the god Frey (the god of light), Edda 12; see the poem Gm. 12, Álfheim Frey gáfu í árdaga tívar at tannfé. In the fairy tales the Elves haunt the hills, hence their name Huldufólk, hidden people: respecting their origin, life, and customs, v. Ísl. Þjóðs. i. I sqq. In old writers the Elves are rarely mentioned; but that the same tales were told as at present is clear;—Hallr mælti, hvi brosir þú nú? þórhallr svarar, af því brosir ek, at margr hóll opnast ok hvert kvikindi býr sinn bagga bæði smá ok stór, ok gera fardaga (a foreboding of the introduction of Christianity), Fms. ii. 197, cp. landvættir; álfamenn, elves, Bs. i. 417, Fas. i. 313, 96; hóll einn er hér skamt í brott er álfar búa í, Km. 216: álfrek, in the phrase, ganga álfreka, cacare, means dirt, excrements, driving the elves away through contamination, Eb. 12, cp. Landn. 97, Fms. iv. 308, Bárð. ch. 4: álfröðull, elfin beam or light, a poët. name of the sun; álfavakir, elf-holes, the small rotten holes in the ice in spring-time in which the elves go a fishing; the white stripes in the sea in calm weather are the wakes of elfin fishing boats, etc.: medic. álfabruni is an eruption in the face, Fél. ix. 186: Ivar Aasen mentions ‘alvgust, alveblaastr, alveld,’ the breath, fire of elves (cp. St. Vitus’ dance or St. Anthony’s fire); ‘alvskot,’ a sort of cancer in the bone:—græti álfa, elfin tears, Hðm. I, is dubious; it may mean some flower with dew-drops glittering in the morning sun, vide s. v. glýstamr ( glee-steaming). Jamieson speaks of an elf’s cup, but elf tears are not noticed elsewhere; cp. Edda 39. In Sweden, where the worship of Frey prevailed, sacrifices, álfa-blót, were made to the elves, stóð húsfreyja í dyrum ok bað hann ( the guest) eigi þar innkoma, segir at þau ætti álfa blót, Hkr. ii. 124 (referring to the year 1018), cp. Korm. ch. 22.

2. metaph., as the elves had the power to bewitch men, a silly, vacant person is in Icel. called álfr; hence álfalegr, silly; álfaskapr and álfaháttr, silly behaviour.

II. in historical sense, the Norse district situated between the two great rivers Raumelfr and Gautelfr (Alhis Raumarum, et Gotharum) was in the mythical times called Álfheimar, and its inhabitants Álfar, Fas. i. 413, 384, 387, Fb. i. 23, vide also P. A. Munch, Beskrivelse over Norge, p. 7. For the compds v. above.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÁLFR
10 ÓÐINN

(dat. Óðni), m. Odin.

* * *

m., dat. Óðni; [A. S. Wodan; O. H. G. Wodan, in the Old High German song Phol ende Wodan vuoron zi holza; in the Norse the w is dropped, whence Odinn]:—Odin, Wodan, the name of the founder of the ancient Northern and Teutonic religion, who was afterwards worshipped as the supreme god, the fountain-head of wisdom, the founder of culture, writing, and poetry, the progenitor of kings, the lord of battle and victory; so that his name and that of Allföðr (Allfather, the father of gods and men) were blended together. For Odin as an historical person see esp. Yngl. S., the first chapters of which were originally written by Ari the historian, who himself traced his pedigree back to Odin. For the various tales of Odin as a deity see the Edda and the old poems; for the legends explaining how Odin came by his wisdom, how he was inspired, how he pawned his eye in the well of Mimir, see Vsp. 22; how he hung in the world-tree Yggdrasil, Hm. 139 sqq.; and the most popular account, how he carried away the poetical mead from the giant Suptung, etc., see Hm. 104–110. and Edda 47–49; for his travelling in disguise in search of wisdom among giants and Norns, Vþm., Gm., Vsp. For Odin’s many names and attributes see Edda (Gl.) The greatest families, the Ynglings in Sweden, Skjöldungs in Denmark, and the Háleygir in Norway, traced their pedigrees back to Odin, see the poems Ýt., Ht., Langfeðgatal. In translations from the Latin, Odin was, strangely enough, taken to represent Mercury; thus, kölluðu þeir Pál Óðin, en Barnabas Þór, they called Paul Odin, but Barnabas they called Thor, is an ancient rendering of Acts xiv. 12, cp. Clem., Bret., and passim. This seems to have originated with the Romans themselves; for Tacitus says, ‘deorum maxime Mercurium colunt,’ by which he can only mean Wodan; the Romans may have heard the German tales of Wodan’s wonderful travels, his many assumed names and disguises, his changes of shape, his eloquence, his magical power,—tales such as abound in the Edda,—and these might make the Romans think of the Greek legends of Hermes: accordingly, when the planetary week days were adopted from the Lat., ‘dies Mercurii’ was rendered into A. S. by Wodansdäg, in Engl. Wednesday, in Dan. Onsdag, in Norse Óðins-dagr, Orkn. 386, Fms. ix. 282: Óðins-nótt, f. Wednesday night, N. G. L. i. 17. Óðins-hani, a, m. a bird, tringa hyperborea, or the phalaropus cinereus, or the red phalarope, see Fjölnir viii, Faber, Edda (Gl.)

II. Northern local names, Óðins-vé, n. the sanctuary of Odin = Odense in Fünen in Denmark, Knytl. S.: Óðins-salr, m. in Norway. Munch’s Norg. Beskr. 79: Óðins-lundr, m. Odin’s grove. In a single instance Athens is rendered by Óðins-borg, and the Athenians by Óðins-borgar-menn, Post. 645. 90; the name can only have been formed from the Greek name pronounced with the th sound, perhaps by the Northmen at Constantinople, who may have associated the name, thus sounded, with Odin’s supposed travels from the east to Sweden, and his halts at various places, which were afterwards called after him, as recorded in Yngl. S. As a pr. name, Othen villicus, Dipl. Arna-Magn. (Thorkelin) i. 23; Oden Throndsson, D. N. iv. 756, 764; Ódin-dís, f., Baut., but very rare. It is noteworthy that the name of Odin is, in the old poets, hardly ever used as appellative in poët. circumlocutions of a ‘man;’ málm-Óðinn is a απ. λεγ. = warrior.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÓÐINN
11 bonae

bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
I.
Attributively.
A.
As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
1.
Vir bonus.
(α).
A man morally good (kalos kagathos):
quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:
ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,
id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:
sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,
id. Off. 3, 15, 64:
qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,
id. Att. 7, 2, 4:
ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,
id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
(β).
An honest man:
justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;
3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,
id. ib. 3, 19, 77:
quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,
id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
(γ).
A man of good standing in the community:
id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,
Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:
tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,
Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;
37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:
vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:
praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,
Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
(δ).
Ironically of bad men:
sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:
expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,
Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,
id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;
so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:
quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
(ε).
Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):
bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
(ζ).
As a conventional courtesy:
homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
bone accusator,
id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:
sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,
gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
2.
Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:
in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
3.
With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:
bonus consul,
Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):
boni tribuni plebis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:
bonus senator,
id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:
senator bonus,
id. Dom. 4, 8:
bonus judex,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:
bonus augur (ironically),
id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:
bonus vates,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:
bonus imperator,
Sall. C. 60, 4:
bonus dux,
Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:
naturam, optimam ducem,
the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):
bonus miles,
Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
bonus orator,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
optimus orator,
id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:
poeta bonus,
id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
scriptor bonus,
Quint. 10, 1, 104:
bonus advocatus,
id. 5, 13, 10:
bonus defensor,
id. 5, 13, 3:
bonus altercator,
a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:
bonus praeceptor,
id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:
bonus gubernator,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:
optimus opifex,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:
sutor bonus,
id. ib. 1, 3, 125:
actor optimus,
Cic. Sest. 57, 122:
cantor optimus est modulator,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:
melior gladiator,
Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:
bonus paterfamilias,
a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
bonus servus,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:
dominus bonus,
Cato, R. R. 14:
bonus custos,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:
filius bonus,
Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:
patres,
Quint. 11, 3, 178:
parens,
id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:
uxor melior,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
amicus,
id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:
amicus optimus,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:
optimus testis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
auctor, in two senses,
good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;
and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),
Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:
bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,
id. ib. 2, 23, 83:
eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:
optimus et fortissimus civis,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
4.
Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
(α).
In gen.:
sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:
fata... bonique divi,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:
divis orte bonis,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
O bone deus!
Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
(β).
Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:
(Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,
Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:
Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 36, 87:
in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:
nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
(γ).
Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:
di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!
Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:
di boni, boni quid porto!
Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:
di boni, quid hoc morbi est,
id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:
alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!
Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
(δ).
Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
5.
Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
(α).
Vir optimus:
per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,
Cic. Sest. 1, 2:
virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,
id. ib. 35, 76:
fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,
id. ib.:
consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,
id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
(β).
Femina bona, optima:
tua conjunx bona femina,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,
id. ib. —
(γ).
Senex, pater, frater, etc.:
optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,
Cic. Planc. 41, 97:
insuevit pater optimus hoc me,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:
C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
(δ).
With proper names ( poet.):
optimus Vergilius,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:
Maecenas optimus,
id. ib. 1, 5, 27:
optime Quinti,
id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
(ε).
Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:
quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?
Plin. Pan. 2, 7:
gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!
Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:
ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,
Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:
bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,
Ov. F. 2, 637:
optime Romulae Custos gentis,
Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
6.
Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
(α).
Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):
Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,
Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.
in mal. part.,
Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
(β).
Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
(γ).
Bona Fortuna:
si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:
Bonae Fortunae (signum),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:
FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,
Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
(δ).
Bona Spes:
Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:
BONAE SPEI,
Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
(ε).
BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:
Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,
Prop. 3, 24, 19.
B.
With nouns denoting things.
1.
Things concrete, denoting excellence:
navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,
Sen. Ep. 76, 13:
gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,
id. ib. 76, 14:
id vinum erit lene et bono colore,
Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:
tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,
Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:
per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,
id. ib. 73; cf.:
bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,
Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:
praedium bonum caelum habeat,
good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:
bona tempestate,
in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:
(praedium) solo bono valeat,
by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:
bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:
villam bonam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
bonus pons,
Cat. 17, 5:
scyphi optimi (= optime facti),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:
perbona toreumata,
id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §
38: bona domicilia,
comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:
agrum Meliorem nemo habet,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:
fundum meliorem,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:
equus melior,
id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
bona cena,
Cat. 13, 3:
boni nummi,
good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:
super omnia vultus accessere boni,
good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:
mulier bona forma,
of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:
equus formae melioris,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:
tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,
fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:
fruges bonae,
Cat. 34, 19:
ova suci melioris,
of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:
animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:
bonum omen, 2. e.),
Quint. 6, 3, 69:
scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,
good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,
bona firmaque vox,
Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
2.
Things abstract.
a.
Of physical well-being:
ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:
non bonus somnus de prandio est,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
bona aetas,
prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:
optima aetate,
id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:
bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
b.
Of the mind and soul:
meliore esse sensu,
Cic. Sest. 21, 47:
optima indoles,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
bona conscientia,
Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:
bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,
with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:
mens melior,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:
duos optimae indolis filios,
Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:
bonum consilium,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bona voluntas,
a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:
memoria bona,
Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:
bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:
bonae rationes,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:
pronuntiatio bona,
Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
c.
Of moral relations:
ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;
v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:
fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,
of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:
bona studia,
moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:
quidquid vita meliore parasti,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:
Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,
Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
d.
Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:
bono usui estis nulli,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:
Optumo optume optumam operam das,
id. Am. 1, 1, 122:
bonam dedistis mihi operam,
a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;
v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bonum otium,
valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:
bonis versibus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
versus meliores,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:
meliora poemata,
Hor. A. P. 303:
in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,
Cic. Or. 8, 26:
optimas fabulas,
id. Off. 1, 31, 114:
melius munus,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
e.
Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:
de Procilio rumores non boni,
unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:
bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,
about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:
si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,
id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.
fortuna optima esse,
to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:
occasio tam bona,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:
senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:
bona navigatio,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;
esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:
ego sum spe bona,
Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:
optima spe,
id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;
v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,
more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:
melior interpretatio,
Tac. H. 3, 65:
cum laude et bonis recordationibus,
id. A. 4, 38:
amnis Doctus iter melius,
i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:
omen bonum,
a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.
Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,
Ov. F. 1, 221;
optimum,
Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:
bona scaeva,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:
auspicio optumo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:
memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
f.
Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:
optima res publica,
id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:
minus bonis temporibus,
id. Dom. 4, 8; so,
optimis temporibus,
id. Sest. 3, 6:
nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:
lex optima,
id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
g.
Good = large, considerable:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6:
bona librorum copia,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:
bona copia cornu,
Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
h.
Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:
si bono genere natus sit,
Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
k.
Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
(α).
Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:
primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:
bona tua venia dixerim,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:
oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,
Liv. 7, 41, 3:
obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,
id. 6, 40, 10:
cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,
id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.
. sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
(β).
Bona pax, without quarrelling:
bona pax sit potius,
let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;
so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,
without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
(γ).
Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:
igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,
Sall. J. 5, 5.—
(δ).
Bona societas, alliance:
Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,
Tac. A. 1, 58.
C.
In particular phrases.
1.
Bonae res.
a.
= Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:
concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:
optimis rebus usus est,
he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
b.
= Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:
bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:
in bonis rebus,
Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
c.
Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:
homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,
who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
d.
Costly things, articles of luxury:
capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:
nimium rei bonae,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:
ignorantia bonarum rerum,
Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:
re bona copiosum esse,
Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
e.
Moral, morally good:
illi cum res non bonas tractent,
Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:
ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,
id. ib. 1, 4, 15:
quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?
id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:
quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,
id. Sen. 18, 65.—
f.
In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:
res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:
studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,
Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
2.
Bonae artes.
(α).
A good, laudable way of dealing:
qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,
Sall. C. 2, 9:
huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,
id. ib. 11, 2:
quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,
Tac. A. 6, 46.—
(β).
Liberal arts and sciences:
litteris aut ulli bonae arti,
Quint. 12, 1, 7:
conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:
optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
3.
Bona fides, or fides bona.
a.
Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:
dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:
si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
b.
Jurid. t. t.
(α).
Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:
ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;
41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,
ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
(β).
Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:
actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,
Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:
quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:
iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
4.
Bona verba.
(α).
Kind words:
Bona verba quaeso,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
(β).
Words of good omen (v. omen):
dicamus bona verba,
Tib. 2, 2, 1:
dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,
Ov. F. 2, 638.—
(γ).
Elegant or well-chosen expressions:
quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,
Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:
verborum bonorum cursu,
id. Brut. 66, 233:
omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,
Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
(δ).
Moral sayings:
non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
5.
Bona dicta.
(α).
Polite, courteous language:
hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
(β).
Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:
dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:
ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
6.
Bona facta.
(α).
= bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:
nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),
Tac. A. 3, 40.—
(β).
Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):
bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:
haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,
id. ib. 45.— Hence,
(γ).
Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:
peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,
Suet. Caes. 80:
et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,
id. Vit. 14:
hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,
Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:
o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,
Tert. Pud. 1.—
7.
Bona gratia.
(α).
A friendly understanding:
cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,
per gratiam bonam abire,
to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
(β).
Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
8.
Bona pars.
(α).
The well-disposed part of a body of persons:
ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,
Liv. 21, 4, 1:
pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,
id. 7, 21, 6.—
(β).
The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):
civem bonarum partium,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77:
(fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,
id. Cael. 6, 13:
qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,
Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
(γ).
Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):
bonam partem ad te adtulit,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:
bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,
Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:
bonam magnamque partem exercitus,
Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:
bona pars noctium,
Quint. 12, 11, 19:
bona pars hominum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:
meae vocis... bona pars,
id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:
melior pars diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156.—
(δ).
Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:
nostri melior pars animus est,
Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:
quae pars optima est in homine,
best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:
major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:
Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
(ε).
Adverb.:
bonam partem = ex magna parte,
Lucr. 6, 1249.—
(ζ).
Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:
Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,
id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:
quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,
id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
9.
Dies bonus or bona.
(α).
A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):
tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:
nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,
Ov. F. 1, 72.—
(β).
A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
10.
Bonus mos.
(α).
Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:
nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:
nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:
domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,
Liv. 34, 6, 9:
mores meliores,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
(β).
Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:
ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:
neglegentia boni moris,
Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:
conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,
in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
11.
Adverbial phrases.
a.
Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
(α).
To be of good cheer or courage:
bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,
Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:
animo bono es,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:
bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,
Varr. R. R. 1, 26:
bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:
bono animo esse jubere eam consul,
Liv. 39, 13, 7:
habe modo bonum animum,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:
habe animum bonum,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:
bonum animum habe,
Liv. 45, 8, 5:
clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,
id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
(β).
Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:
audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:
bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:
quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
(γ).
Bonus animus, good temper, patience:
bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:
vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,
Ov. M. 9, 433.—
b.
Bono modo.
(α).
= placide, with composure, moderation:
si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
(β).
In a decent manner:
neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
c.
Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:
te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:
ut jure optimo me deserere posses,
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:
ne jure optimo irrideamur,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;
similarly, optimo judicio,
Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
II.
As subst.
A.
bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
1.
In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
(α).
Plur.:
bonis quod bene fit haud perit,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:
melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,
Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,
id. Lael. 14, 50:
diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,
Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:
oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:
tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:
quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
(β).
Sing.:
malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:
nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:
qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
2.
Bonus, a man of honor.
(α).
A brave man:
pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:
libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,
Sall. C. 33, 5:
fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,
Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):
fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,
Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
(β).
A gentleman:
quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?
Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
3.
Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
(α).
In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;
so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,
Cic. Sest. 16, 38:
audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,
id. ib. 47, 100:
ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,
id. Pis. 2, 4:
etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:
maledictis increpat omnes bonos,
Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,
optimi,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:
bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,
id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
(β).
Without reference to political views;
opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:
semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,
Sall. C. 37, 3:
elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,
Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:
ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:
da locum melioribus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
4.
Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
5.
Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
(α).
Referring to morality:
esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,
every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,
id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:
quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?
Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
(β).
Of the educated classes:
adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:
Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,
Sall. C. 34, 2:
optimo cuique infesta libertas,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
(γ).
Honorable, brave:
optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,
Sall. J. 92, 8.—
(δ).
In gen., excellent:
optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,
Sall. C. 8, 5.—
(ε).
Distributively:
ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,
to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
(ζ).
Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):
hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
(η).
Attributively, with a noun:
optimam quamque causam,
Cic. Sest. 43, 93:
optima quaeque dies,
Verg. G. 3, 66.
2.
bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
1.
Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;
nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:
quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,
id. Par. 1, 1, 9:
ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
non-est igitur voluptas bonum,
id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:
sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
2.
Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:
quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:
multa bona vobis volt facere,
will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:
tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
multa tibi di dent bona,
id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:
omnia Bona dicere,
to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:
sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,
id. ib. 5, 41, 120:
nihil enim boni nosti,
nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:
mala pro bonis legere dementia est,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:
quia bonum sit valere,
a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):
melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,
id. Lael. 6, 20:
meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,
id. Or. 1, 10, 43:
optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,
id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;
v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,
to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:
ad melius transcurrere,
to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
3.
Bonum or bona, prosperity:
fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:
nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,
id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:
unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:
quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),
Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
4.
Good qualities, gifts:
omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:
magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:
nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,
id. ib. 17, 39:
non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,
id. Balb. 28, 63:
gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,
id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
5.
Advantage, benefit:
si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,
Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:
saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,
id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:
maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,
Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:
hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
6.
With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:
si bonum aequomque oras,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:
si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:
a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:
istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,
I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
7.
Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
a.
In gen.:
paterna oportet reddi filio bona,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:
bona sua med habiturum omnia,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:
bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,
Cic. Sest. 24, 54:
cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,
id. ib. 30, 65:
bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,
id. Caecin. 13, 38:
at mulctantur bonis exsules,
id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
b.
Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
(α).
Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
(β).
Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:
postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,
Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:
edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,
Liv. 2, 24, 6:
bona proscribere,
to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
(γ).
Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
c.
In bonis esse;
with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),
Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:
neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,
ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
III.
Predicative use.
A.
With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
1.
Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:
nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:
bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:
itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:
Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,
Sall. C. 54, 5:
ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,
Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin. —
2.
To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:
jam istuc non bonumst,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:
oleum viridius et melius fiet,
id. ib. 3:
vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,
to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:
quid est homini salute melius?
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:
non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,
id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:
quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?
Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:
in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,
id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:
meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,
Liv. 2, 51, 3:
parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,
Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:
si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:
quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,
Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;
3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;
and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
3.
To be kind:
bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:
hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
4.
With reference to the gods:
ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:
Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),
Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
B.
Impers.
1.
Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
(α).
Without a subject:
bonum sit!
may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
(β).
With subject inf.:
nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:
bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,
id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
2.
Melius est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
melius sanam est mentem sumere,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:
nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,
Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,
melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,
it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:
proinde quiesse erit melius,
Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
(β).
With subject inf.-clause:
meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
(γ).
With ut-clause:
quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
(δ).
With subjectclause in the subjunctive:
nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
3.
Optimum est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,
Liv. 23, 34, 8:
si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
(β).
With inf.-clause:
constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,
Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
(γ).
With ut and subj:
hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
(δ).
With quod:
illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:
optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,
id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
(ε).
With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):
sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:
optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 30:
optumum factu credens exercitum augere,
Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
IV.
Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:
di melius duint,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:
di meliora velint!
Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:
di meliora! inquit,
Cic. Sen. 14, 47:
id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,
Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;
similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,
Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
V.
With object expressed,
1.
By dat.
(α).
= good, useful, beneficial for:
ambula, id lieni optumum est,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:
quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,
Sall. C. 20, 3:
bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,
Verg. G. 2, 447.—
(β).
= benignus or propitius, kind to:
vicinis bonus esto,
Cato, R. R. 4:
bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:
vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,
Verg. A. 12, 647.—
(γ).
= idoneus, fit for, adapted to:
qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,
Cato, R. R. 6:
tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,
id. ib. 26:
terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,
Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
(δ).
With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:
accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:
bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,
Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:
quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:
cui bono fuisset,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.
ellipt. form cui bono?
Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
(ε).
With dat. gerund:
ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,
Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:
(mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,
Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
2.
By ad and acc.:
refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,
Varr. R. R. 1, 91:
occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,
Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:
non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,
Tac. A. 2, 14.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bonae
12 bonus

bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
I.
Attributively.
A.
As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
1.
Vir bonus.
(α).
A man morally good (kalos kagathos):
quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:
ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,
id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:
sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,
id. Off. 3, 15, 64:
qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,
id. Att. 7, 2, 4:
ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,
id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
(β).
An honest man:
justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;
3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,
id. ib. 3, 19, 77:
quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,
id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
(γ).
A man of good standing in the community:
id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,
Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:
tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,
Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;
37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:
vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:
praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,
Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
(δ).
Ironically of bad men:
sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:
expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,
Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,
id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;
so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:
quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
(ε).
Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):
bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
(ζ).
As a conventional courtesy:
homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
bone accusator,
id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:
sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,
gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
2.
Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:
in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
3.
With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:
bonus consul,
Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):
boni tribuni plebis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:
bonus senator,
id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:
senator bonus,
id. Dom. 4, 8:
bonus judex,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:
bonus augur (ironically),
id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:
bonus vates,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:
bonus imperator,
Sall. C. 60, 4:
bonus dux,
Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:
naturam, optimam ducem,
the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):
bonus miles,
Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
bonus orator,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
optimus orator,
id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:
poeta bonus,
id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
scriptor bonus,
Quint. 10, 1, 104:
bonus advocatus,
id. 5, 13, 10:
bonus defensor,
id. 5, 13, 3:
bonus altercator,
a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:
bonus praeceptor,
id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:
bonus gubernator,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:
optimus opifex,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:
sutor bonus,
id. ib. 1, 3, 125:
actor optimus,
Cic. Sest. 57, 122:
cantor optimus est modulator,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:
melior gladiator,
Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:
bonus paterfamilias,
a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
bonus servus,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:
dominus bonus,
Cato, R. R. 14:
bonus custos,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:
filius bonus,
Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:
patres,
Quint. 11, 3, 178:
parens,
id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:
uxor melior,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
amicus,
id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:
amicus optimus,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:
optimus testis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
auctor, in two senses,
good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;
and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),
Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:
bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,
id. ib. 2, 23, 83:
eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:
optimus et fortissimus civis,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
4.
Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
(α).
In gen.:
sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:
fata... bonique divi,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:
divis orte bonis,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
O bone deus!
Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
(β).
Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:
(Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,
Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:
Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 36, 87:
in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:
nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
(γ).
Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:
di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!
Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:
di boni, boni quid porto!
Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:
di boni, quid hoc morbi est,
id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:
alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!
Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
(δ).
Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
5.
Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
(α).
Vir optimus:
per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,
Cic. Sest. 1, 2:
virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,
id. ib. 35, 76:
fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,
id. ib.:
consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,
id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
(β).
Femina bona, optima:
tua conjunx bona femina,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,
id. ib. —
(γ).
Senex, pater, frater, etc.:
optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,
Cic. Planc. 41, 97:
insuevit pater optimus hoc me,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:
C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
(δ).
With proper names ( poet.):
optimus Vergilius,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:
Maecenas optimus,
id. ib. 1, 5, 27:
optime Quinti,
id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
(ε).
Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:
quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?
Plin. Pan. 2, 7:
gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!
Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:
ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,
Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:
bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,
Ov. F. 2, 637:
optime Romulae Custos gentis,
Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
6.
Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
(α).
Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):
Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,
Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.
in mal. part.,
Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
(β).
Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
(γ).
Bona Fortuna:
si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:
Bonae Fortunae (signum),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:
FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,
Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
(δ).
Bona Spes:
Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:
BONAE SPEI,
Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
(ε).
BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:
Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,
Prop. 3, 24, 19.
B.
With nouns denoting things.
1.
Things concrete, denoting excellence:
navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,
Sen. Ep. 76, 13:
gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,
id. ib. 76, 14:
id vinum erit lene et bono colore,
Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:
tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,
Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:
per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,
id. ib. 73; cf.:
bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,
Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:
praedium bonum caelum habeat,
good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:
bona tempestate,
in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:
(praedium) solo bono valeat,
by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:
bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:
villam bonam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
bonus pons,
Cat. 17, 5:
scyphi optimi (= optime facti),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:
perbona toreumata,
id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §
38: bona domicilia,
comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:
agrum Meliorem nemo habet,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:
fundum meliorem,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:
equus melior,
id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
bona cena,
Cat. 13, 3:
boni nummi,
good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:
super omnia vultus accessere boni,
good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:
mulier bona forma,
of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:
equus formae melioris,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:
tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,
fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:
fruges bonae,
Cat. 34, 19:
ova suci melioris,
of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:
animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:
bonum omen, 2. e.),
Quint. 6, 3, 69:
scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,
good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,
bona firmaque vox,
Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
2.
Things abstract.
a.
Of physical well-being:
ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:
non bonus somnus de prandio est,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
bona aetas,
prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:
optima aetate,
id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:
bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
b.
Of the mind and soul:
meliore esse sensu,
Cic. Sest. 21, 47:
optima indoles,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
bona conscientia,
Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:
bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,
with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:
mens melior,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:
duos optimae indolis filios,
Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:
bonum consilium,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bona voluntas,
a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:
memoria bona,
Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:
bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:
bonae rationes,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:
pronuntiatio bona,
Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
c.
Of moral relations:
ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;
v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:
fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,
of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:
bona studia,
moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:
quidquid vita meliore parasti,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:
Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,
Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
d.
Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:
bono usui estis nulli,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:
Optumo optume optumam operam das,
id. Am. 1, 1, 122:
bonam dedistis mihi operam,
a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;
v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bonum otium,
valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:
bonis versibus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
versus meliores,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:
meliora poemata,
Hor. A. P. 303:
in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,
Cic. Or. 8, 26:
optimas fabulas,
id. Off. 1, 31, 114:
melius munus,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
e.
Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:
de Procilio rumores non boni,
unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:
bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,
about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:
si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,
id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.
fortuna optima esse,
to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:
occasio tam bona,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:
senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:
bona navigatio,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;
esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:
ego sum spe bona,
Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:
optima spe,
id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;
v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,
more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:
melior interpretatio,
Tac. H. 3, 65:
cum laude et bonis recordationibus,
id. A. 4, 38:
amnis Doctus iter melius,
i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:
omen bonum,
a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.
Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,
Ov. F. 1, 221;
optimum,
Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:
bona scaeva,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:
auspicio optumo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:
memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
f.
Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:
optima res publica,
id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:
minus bonis temporibus,
id. Dom. 4, 8; so,
optimis temporibus,
id. Sest. 3, 6:
nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:
lex optima,
id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
g.
Good = large, considerable:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6:
bona librorum copia,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:
bona copia cornu,
Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
h.
Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:
si bono genere natus sit,
Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
k.
Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
(α).
Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:
primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:
bona tua venia dixerim,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:
oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,
Liv. 7, 41, 3:
obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,
id. 6, 40, 10:
cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,
id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.
. sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
(β).
Bona pax, without quarrelling:
bona pax sit potius,
let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;
so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,
without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
(γ).
Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:
igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,
Sall. J. 5, 5.—
(δ).
Bona societas, alliance:
Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,
Tac. A. 1, 58.
C.
In particular phrases.
1.
Bonae res.
a.
= Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:
concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:
optimis rebus usus est,
he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
b.
= Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:
bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:
in bonis rebus,
Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
c.
Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:
homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,
who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
d.
Costly things, articles of luxury:
capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:
nimium rei bonae,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:
ignorantia bonarum rerum,
Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:
re bona copiosum esse,
Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
e.
Moral, morally good:
illi cum res non bonas tractent,
Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:
ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,
id. ib. 1, 4, 15:
quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?
id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:
quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,
id. Sen. 18, 65.—
f.
In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:
res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:
studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,
Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
2.
Bonae artes.
(α).
A good, laudable way of dealing:
qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,
Sall. C. 2, 9:
huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,
id. ib. 11, 2:
quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,
Tac. A. 6, 46.—
(β).
Liberal arts and sciences:
litteris aut ulli bonae arti,
Quint. 12, 1, 7:
conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:
optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
3.
Bona fides, or fides bona.
a.
Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:
dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:
si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
b.
Jurid. t. t.
(α).
Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:
ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;
41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,
ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
(β).
Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:
actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,
Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:
quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:
iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
4.
Bona verba.
(α).
Kind words:
Bona verba quaeso,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
(β).
Words of good omen (v. omen):
dicamus bona verba,
Tib. 2, 2, 1:
dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,
Ov. F. 2, 638.—
(γ).
Elegant or well-chosen expressions:
quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,
Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:
verborum bonorum cursu,
id. Brut. 66, 233:
omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,
Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
(δ).
Moral sayings:
non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
5.
Bona dicta.
(α).
Polite, courteous language:
hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
(β).
Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:
dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:
ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
6.
Bona facta.
(α).
= bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:
nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),
Tac. A. 3, 40.—
(β).
Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):
bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:
haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,
id. ib. 45.— Hence,
(γ).
Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:
peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,
Suet. Caes. 80:
et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,
id. Vit. 14:
hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,
Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:
o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,
Tert. Pud. 1.—
7.
Bona gratia.
(α).
A friendly understanding:
cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,
per gratiam bonam abire,
to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
(β).
Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
8.
Bona pars.
(α).
The well-disposed part of a body of persons:
ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,
Liv. 21, 4, 1:
pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,
id. 7, 21, 6.—
(β).
The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):
civem bonarum partium,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77:
(fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,
id. Cael. 6, 13:
qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,
Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
(γ).
Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):
bonam partem ad te adtulit,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:
bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,
Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:
bonam magnamque partem exercitus,
Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:
bona pars noctium,
Quint. 12, 11, 19:
bona pars hominum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:
meae vocis... bona pars,
id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:
melior pars diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156.—
(δ).
Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:
nostri melior pars animus est,
Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:
quae pars optima est in homine,
best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:
major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:
Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
(ε).
Adverb.:
bonam partem = ex magna parte,
Lucr. 6, 1249.—
(ζ).
Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:
Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,
id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:
quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,
id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
9.
Dies bonus or bona.
(α).
A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):
tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:
nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,
Ov. F. 1, 72.—
(β).
A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
10.
Bonus mos.
(α).
Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:
nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:
nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:
domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,
Liv. 34, 6, 9:
mores meliores,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
(β).
Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:
ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:
neglegentia boni moris,
Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:
conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,
in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
11.
Adverbial phrases.
a.
Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
(α).
To be of good cheer or courage:
bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,
Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:
animo bono es,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:
bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,
Varr. R. R. 1, 26:
bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:
bono animo esse jubere eam consul,
Liv. 39, 13, 7:
habe modo bonum animum,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:
habe animum bonum,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:
bonum animum habe,
Liv. 45, 8, 5:
clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,
id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
(β).
Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:
audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:
bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:
quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
(γ).
Bonus animus, good temper, patience:
bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:
vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,
Ov. M. 9, 433.—
b.
Bono modo.
(α).
= placide, with composure, moderation:
si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
(β).
In a decent manner:
neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
c.
Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:
te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:
ut jure optimo me deserere posses,
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:
ne jure optimo irrideamur,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;
similarly, optimo judicio,
Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
II.
As subst.
A.
bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
1.
In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
(α).
Plur.:
bonis quod bene fit haud perit,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:
melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,
Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,
id. Lael. 14, 50:
diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,
Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:
oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:
tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:
quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
(β).
Sing.:
malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:
nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:
qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
2.
Bonus, a man of honor.
(α).
A brave man:
pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:
libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,
Sall. C. 33, 5:
fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,
Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):
fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,
Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
(β).
A gentleman:
quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?
Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
3.
Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
(α).
In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;
so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,
Cic. Sest. 16, 38:
audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,
id. ib. 47, 100:
ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,
id. Pis. 2, 4:
etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:
maledictis increpat omnes bonos,
Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,
optimi,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:
bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,
id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
(β).
Without reference to political views;
opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:
semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,
Sall. C. 37, 3:
elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,
Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:
ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:
da locum melioribus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
4.
Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
5.
Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
(α).
Referring to morality:
esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,
every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,
id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:
quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?
Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
(β).
Of the educated classes:
adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:
Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,
Sall. C. 34, 2:
optimo cuique infesta libertas,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
(γ).
Honorable, brave:
optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,
Sall. J. 92, 8.—
(δ).
In gen., excellent:
optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,
Sall. C. 8, 5.—
(ε).
Distributively:
ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,
to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
(ζ).
Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):
hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
(η).
Attributively, with a noun:
optimam quamque causam,
Cic. Sest. 43, 93:
optima quaeque dies,
Verg. G. 3, 66.
2.
bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
1.
Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;
nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:
quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,
id. Par. 1, 1, 9:
ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
non-est igitur voluptas bonum,
id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:
sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
2.
Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:
quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:
multa bona vobis volt facere,
will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:
tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
multa tibi di dent bona,
id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:
omnia Bona dicere,
to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:
sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,
id. ib. 5, 41, 120:
nihil enim boni nosti,
nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:
mala pro bonis legere dementia est,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:
quia bonum sit valere,
a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):
melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,
id. Lael. 6, 20:
meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,
id. Or. 1, 10, 43:
optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,
id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;
v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,
to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:
ad melius transcurrere,
to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
3.
Bonum or bona, prosperity:
fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:
nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,
id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:
unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:
quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),
Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
4.
Good qualities, gifts:
omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:
magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:
nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,
id. ib. 17, 39:
non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,
id. Balb. 28, 63:
gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,
id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
5.
Advantage, benefit:
si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,
Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:
saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,
id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:
maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,
Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:
hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
6.
With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:
si bonum aequomque oras,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:
si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:
a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:
istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,
I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
7.
Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
a.
In gen.:
paterna oportet reddi filio bona,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:
bona sua med habiturum omnia,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:
bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,
Cic. Sest. 24, 54:
cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,
id. ib. 30, 65:
bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,
id. Caecin. 13, 38:
at mulctantur bonis exsules,
id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
b.
Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
(α).
Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
(β).
Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:
postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,
Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:
edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,
Liv. 2, 24, 6:
bona proscribere,
to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
(γ).
Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
c.
In bonis esse;
with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),
Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:
neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,
ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
III.
Predicative use.
A.
With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
1.
Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:
nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:
bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:
itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:
Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,
Sall. C. 54, 5:
ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,
Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin. —
2.
To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:
jam istuc non bonumst,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:
oleum viridius et melius fiet,
id. ib. 3:
vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,
to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:
quid est homini salute melius?
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:
non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,
id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:
quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?
Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:
in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,
id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:
meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,
Liv. 2, 51, 3:
parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,
Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:
si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:
quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,
Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;
3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;
and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
3.
To be kind:
bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:
hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
4.
With reference to the gods:
ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:
Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),
Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
B.
Impers.
1.
Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
(α).
Without a subject:
bonum sit!
may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
(β).
With subject inf.:
nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:
bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,
id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
2.
Melius est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
melius sanam est mentem sumere,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:
nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,
Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,
melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,
it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:
proinde quiesse erit melius,
Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
(β).
With subject inf.-clause:
meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
(γ).
With ut-clause:
quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
(δ).
With subjectclause in the subjunctive:
nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
3.
Optimum est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,
Liv. 23, 34, 8:
si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
(β).
With inf.-clause:
constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,
Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
(γ).
With ut and subj:
hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
(δ).
With quod:
illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:
optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,
id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
(ε).
With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):
sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:
optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 30:
optumum factu credens exercitum augere,
Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
IV.
Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:
di melius duint,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:
di meliora velint!
Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:
di meliora! inquit,
Cic. Sen. 14, 47:
id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,
Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;
similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,
Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
V.
With object expressed,
1.
By dat.
(α).
= good, useful, beneficial for:
ambula, id lieni optumum est,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:
quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,
Sall. C. 20, 3:
bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,
Verg. G. 2, 447.—
(β).
= benignus or propitius, kind to:
vicinis bonus esto,
Cato, R. R. 4:
bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:
vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,
Verg. A. 12, 647.—
(γ).
= idoneus, fit for, adapted to:
qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,
Cato, R. R. 6:
tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,
id. ib. 26:
terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,
Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
(δ).
With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:
accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:
bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,
Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:
quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:
cui bono fuisset,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.
ellipt. form cui bono?
Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
(ε).
With dat. gerund:
ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,
Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:
(mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,
Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
2.
By ad and acc.:
refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,
Varr. R. R. 1, 91:
occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,
Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:
non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,
Tac. A. 2, 14.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bonus
13 meliores

bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
I.
Attributively.
A.
As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
1.
Vir bonus.
(α).
A man morally good (kalos kagathos):
quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:
ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,
id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:
sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,
id. Off. 3, 15, 64:
qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,
id. Att. 7, 2, 4:
ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,
id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
(β).
An honest man:
justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;
3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,
id. ib. 3, 19, 77:
quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,
id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
(γ).
A man of good standing in the community:
id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,
Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:
tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,
Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;
37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:
vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:
praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,
Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
(δ).
Ironically of bad men:
sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:
expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,
Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,
id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;
so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:
quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
(ε).
Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):
bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
(ζ).
As a conventional courtesy:
homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
bone accusator,
id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:
sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,
gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
2.
Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:
in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
3.
With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:
bonus consul,
Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):
boni tribuni plebis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:
bonus senator,
id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:
senator bonus,
id. Dom. 4, 8:
bonus judex,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:
bonus augur (ironically),
id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:
bonus vates,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:
bonus imperator,
Sall. C. 60, 4:
bonus dux,
Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:
naturam, optimam ducem,
the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):
bonus miles,
Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
bonus orator,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
optimus orator,
id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:
poeta bonus,
id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
scriptor bonus,
Quint. 10, 1, 104:
bonus advocatus,
id. 5, 13, 10:
bonus defensor,
id. 5, 13, 3:
bonus altercator,
a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:
bonus praeceptor,
id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:
bonus gubernator,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:
optimus opifex,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:
sutor bonus,
id. ib. 1, 3, 125:
actor optimus,
Cic. Sest. 57, 122:
cantor optimus est modulator,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:
melior gladiator,
Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:
bonus paterfamilias,
a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
bonus servus,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:
dominus bonus,
Cato, R. R. 14:
bonus custos,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:
filius bonus,
Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:
patres,
Quint. 11, 3, 178:
parens,
id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:
uxor melior,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
amicus,
id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:
amicus optimus,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:
optimus testis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
auctor, in two senses,
good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;
and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),
Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:
bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,
id. ib. 2, 23, 83:
eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:
optimus et fortissimus civis,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
4.
Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
(α).
In gen.:
sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:
fata... bonique divi,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:
divis orte bonis,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
O bone deus!
Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
(β).
Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:
(Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,
Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:
Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 36, 87:
in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:
nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
(γ).
Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:
di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!
Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:
di boni, boni quid porto!
Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:
di boni, quid hoc morbi est,
id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:
alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!
Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
(δ).
Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
5.
Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
(α).
Vir optimus:
per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,
Cic. Sest. 1, 2:
virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,
id. ib. 35, 76:
fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,
id. ib.:
consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,
id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
(β).
Femina bona, optima:
tua conjunx bona femina,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,
id. ib. —
(γ).
Senex, pater, frater, etc.:
optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,
Cic. Planc. 41, 97:
insuevit pater optimus hoc me,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:
C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
(δ).
With proper names ( poet.):
optimus Vergilius,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:
Maecenas optimus,
id. ib. 1, 5, 27:
optime Quinti,
id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
(ε).
Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:
quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?
Plin. Pan. 2, 7:
gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!
Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:
ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,
Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:
bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,
Ov. F. 2, 637:
optime Romulae Custos gentis,
Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
6.
Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
(α).
Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):
Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,
Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.
in mal. part.,
Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
(β).
Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
(γ).
Bona Fortuna:
si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:
Bonae Fortunae (signum),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:
FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,
Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
(δ).
Bona Spes:
Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:
BONAE SPEI,
Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
(ε).
BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:
Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,
Prop. 3, 24, 19.
B.
With nouns denoting things.
1.
Things concrete, denoting excellence:
navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,
Sen. Ep. 76, 13:
gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,
id. ib. 76, 14:
id vinum erit lene et bono colore,
Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:
tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,
Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:
per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,
id. ib. 73; cf.:
bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,
Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:
praedium bonum caelum habeat,
good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:
bona tempestate,
in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:
(praedium) solo bono valeat,
by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:
bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:
villam bonam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
bonus pons,
Cat. 17, 5:
scyphi optimi (= optime facti),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:
perbona toreumata,
id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §
38: bona domicilia,
comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:
agrum Meliorem nemo habet,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:
fundum meliorem,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:
equus melior,
id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
bona cena,
Cat. 13, 3:
boni nummi,
good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:
super omnia vultus accessere boni,
good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:
mulier bona forma,
of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:
equus formae melioris,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:
tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,
fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:
fruges bonae,
Cat. 34, 19:
ova suci melioris,
of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:
animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:
bonum omen, 2. e.),
Quint. 6, 3, 69:
scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,
good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,
bona firmaque vox,
Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
2.
Things abstract.
a.
Of physical well-being:
ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:
non bonus somnus de prandio est,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
bona aetas,
prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:
optima aetate,
id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:
bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
b.
Of the mind and soul:
meliore esse sensu,
Cic. Sest. 21, 47:
optima indoles,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
bona conscientia,
Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:
bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,
with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:
mens melior,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:
duos optimae indolis filios,
Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:
bonum consilium,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bona voluntas,
a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:
memoria bona,
Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:
bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:
bonae rationes,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:
pronuntiatio bona,
Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
c.
Of moral relations:
ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;
v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:
fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,
of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:
bona studia,
moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:
quidquid vita meliore parasti,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:
Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,
Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
d.
Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:
bono usui estis nulli,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:
Optumo optume optumam operam das,
id. Am. 1, 1, 122:
bonam dedistis mihi operam,
a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;
v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bonum otium,
valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:
bonis versibus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
versus meliores,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:
meliora poemata,
Hor. A. P. 303:
in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,
Cic. Or. 8, 26:
optimas fabulas,
id. Off. 1, 31, 114:
melius munus,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
e.
Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:
de Procilio rumores non boni,
unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:
bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,
about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:
si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,
id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.
fortuna optima esse,
to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:
occasio tam bona,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:
senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:
bona navigatio,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;
esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:
ego sum spe bona,
Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:
optima spe,
id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;
v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,
more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:
melior interpretatio,
Tac. H. 3, 65:
cum laude et bonis recordationibus,
id. A. 4, 38:
amnis Doctus iter melius,
i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:
omen bonum,
a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.
Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,
Ov. F. 1, 221;
optimum,
Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:
bona scaeva,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:
auspicio optumo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:
memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
f.
Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:
optima res publica,
id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:
minus bonis temporibus,
id. Dom. 4, 8; so,
optimis temporibus,
id. Sest. 3, 6:
nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:
lex optima,
id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
g.
Good = large, considerable:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6:
bona librorum copia,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:
bona copia cornu,
Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
h.
Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:
si bono genere natus sit,
Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
k.
Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
(α).
Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:
primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:
bona tua venia dixerim,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:
oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,
Liv. 7, 41, 3:
obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,
id. 6, 40, 10:
cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,
id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.
. sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
(β).
Bona pax, without quarrelling:
bona pax sit potius,
let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;
so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,
without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
(γ).
Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:
igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,
Sall. J. 5, 5.—
(δ).
Bona societas, alliance:
Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,
Tac. A. 1, 58.
C.
In particular phrases.
1.
Bonae res.
a.
= Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:
concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:
optimis rebus usus est,
he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
b.
= Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:
bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:
in bonis rebus,
Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
c.
Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:
homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,
who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
d.
Costly things, articles of luxury:
capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:
nimium rei bonae,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:
ignorantia bonarum rerum,
Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:
re bona copiosum esse,
Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
e.
Moral, morally good:
illi cum res non bonas tractent,
Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:
ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,
id. ib. 1, 4, 15:
quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?
id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:
quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,
id. Sen. 18, 65.—
f.
In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:
res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:
studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,
Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
2.
Bonae artes.
(α).
A good, laudable way of dealing:
qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,
Sall. C. 2, 9:
huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,
id. ib. 11, 2:
quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,
Tac. A. 6, 46.—
(β).
Liberal arts and sciences:
litteris aut ulli bonae arti,
Quint. 12, 1, 7:
conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:
optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
3.
Bona fides, or fides bona.
a.
Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:
dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:
si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
b.
Jurid. t. t.
(α).
Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:
ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;
41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,
ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
(β).
Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:
actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,
Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:
quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:
iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
4.
Bona verba.
(α).
Kind words:
Bona verba quaeso,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
(β).
Words of good omen (v. omen):
dicamus bona verba,
Tib. 2, 2, 1:
dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,
Ov. F. 2, 638.—
(γ).
Elegant or well-chosen expressions:
quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,
Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:
verborum bonorum cursu,
id. Brut. 66, 233:
omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,
Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
(δ).
Moral sayings:
non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
5.
Bona dicta.
(α).
Polite, courteous language:
hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
(β).
Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:
dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:
ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
6.
Bona facta.
(α).
= bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:
nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),
Tac. A. 3, 40.—
(β).
Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):
bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:
haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,
id. ib. 45.— Hence,
(γ).
Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:
peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,
Suet. Caes. 80:
et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,
id. Vit. 14:
hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,
Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:
o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,
Tert. Pud. 1.—
7.
Bona gratia.
(α).
A friendly understanding:
cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,
per gratiam bonam abire,
to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
(β).
Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
8.
Bona pars.
(α).
The well-disposed part of a body of persons:
ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,
Liv. 21, 4, 1:
pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,
id. 7, 21, 6.—
(β).
The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):
civem bonarum partium,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77:
(fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,
id. Cael. 6, 13:
qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,
Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
(γ).
Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):
bonam partem ad te adtulit,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:
bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,
Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:
bonam magnamque partem exercitus,
Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:
bona pars noctium,
Quint. 12, 11, 19:
bona pars hominum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:
meae vocis... bona pars,
id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:
melior pars diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156.—
(δ).
Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:
nostri melior pars animus est,
Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:
quae pars optima est in homine,
best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:
major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:
Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
(ε).
Adverb.:
bonam partem = ex magna parte,
Lucr. 6, 1249.—
(ζ).
Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:
Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,
id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:
quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,
id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
9.
Dies bonus or bona.
(α).
A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):
tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:
nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,
Ov. F. 1, 72.—
(β).
A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
10.
Bonus mos.
(α).
Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:
nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:
nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:
domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,
Liv. 34, 6, 9:
mores meliores,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
(β).
Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:
ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:
neglegentia boni moris,
Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:
conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,
in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
11.
Adverbial phrases.
a.
Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
(α).
To be of good cheer or courage:
bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,
Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:
animo bono es,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:
bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,
Varr. R. R. 1, 26:
bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:
bono animo esse jubere eam consul,
Liv. 39, 13, 7:
habe modo bonum animum,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:
habe animum bonum,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:
bonum animum habe,
Liv. 45, 8, 5:
clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,
id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
(β).
Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:
audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:
bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:
quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
(γ).
Bonus animus, good temper, patience:
bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:
vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,
Ov. M. 9, 433.—
b.
Bono modo.
(α).
= placide, with composure, moderation:
si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
(β).
In a decent manner:
neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
c.
Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:
te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:
ut jure optimo me deserere posses,
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:
ne jure optimo irrideamur,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;
similarly, optimo judicio,
Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
II.
As subst.
A.
bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
1.
In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
(α).
Plur.:
bonis quod bene fit haud perit,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:
melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,
Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,
id. Lael. 14, 50:
diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,
Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:
oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:
tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:
quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
(β).
Sing.:
malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:
nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:
qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
2.
Bonus, a man of honor.
(α).
A brave man:
pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:
libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,
Sall. C. 33, 5:
fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,
Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):
fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,
Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
(β).
A gentleman:
quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?
Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
3.
Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
(α).
In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;
so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,
Cic. Sest. 16, 38:
audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,
id. ib. 47, 100:
ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,
id. Pis. 2, 4:
etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:
maledictis increpat omnes bonos,
Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,
optimi,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:
bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,
id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
(β).
Without reference to political views;
opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:
semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,
Sall. C. 37, 3:
elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,
Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:
ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:
da locum melioribus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
4.
Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
5.
Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
(α).
Referring to morality:
esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,
every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,
id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:
quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?
Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
(β).
Of the educated classes:
adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:
Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,
Sall. C. 34, 2:
optimo cuique infesta libertas,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
(γ).
Honorable, brave:
optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,
Sall. J. 92, 8.—
(δ).
In gen., excellent:
optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,
Sall. C. 8, 5.—
(ε).
Distributively:
ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,
to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
(ζ).
Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):
hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
(η).
Attributively, with a noun:
optimam quamque causam,
Cic. Sest. 43, 93:
optima quaeque dies,
Verg. G. 3, 66.
2.
bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
1.
Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;
nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:
quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,
id. Par. 1, 1, 9:
ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
non-est igitur voluptas bonum,
id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:
sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
2.
Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:
quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:
multa bona vobis volt facere,
will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:
tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
multa tibi di dent bona,
id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:
omnia Bona dicere,
to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:
sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,
id. ib. 5, 41, 120:
nihil enim boni nosti,
nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:
mala pro bonis legere dementia est,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:
quia bonum sit valere,
a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):
melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,
id. Lael. 6, 20:
meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,
id. Or. 1, 10, 43:
optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,
id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;
v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,
to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:
ad melius transcurrere,
to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
3.
Bonum or bona, prosperity:
fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:
nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,
id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:
unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:
quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),
Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
4.
Good qualities, gifts:
omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:
magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:
nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,
id. ib. 17, 39:
non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,
id. Balb. 28, 63:
gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,
id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
5.
Advantage, benefit:
si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,
Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:
saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,
id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:
maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,
Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:
hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
6.
With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:
si bonum aequomque oras,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:
si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:
a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:
istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,
I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
7.
Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
a.
In gen.:
paterna oportet reddi filio bona,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:
bona sua med habiturum omnia,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:
bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,
Cic. Sest. 24, 54:
cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,
id. ib. 30, 65:
bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,
id. Caecin. 13, 38:
at mulctantur bonis exsules,
id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
b.
Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
(α).
Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
(β).
Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:
postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,
Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:
edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,
Liv. 2, 24, 6:
bona proscribere,
to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
(γ).
Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
c.
In bonis esse;
with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),
Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:
neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,
ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
III.
Predicative use.
A.
With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
1.
Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:
nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:
bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:
itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:
Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,
Sall. C. 54, 5:
ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,
Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin. —
2.
To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:
jam istuc non bonumst,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:
oleum viridius et melius fiet,
id. ib. 3:
vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,
to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:
quid est homini salute melius?
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:
non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,
id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:
quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?
Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:
in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,
id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:
meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,
Liv. 2, 51, 3:
parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,
Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:
si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:
quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,
Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;
3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;
and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
3.
To be kind:
bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:
hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
4.
With reference to the gods:
ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:
Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),
Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
B.
Impers.
1.
Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
(α).
Without a subject:
bonum sit!
may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
(β).
With subject inf.:
nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:
bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,
id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
2.
Melius est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
melius sanam est mentem sumere,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:
nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,
Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,
melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,
it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:
proinde quiesse erit melius,
Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
(β).
With subject inf.-clause:
meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
(γ).
With ut-clause:
quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
(δ).
With subjectclause in the subjunctive:
nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
3.
Optimum est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,
Liv. 23, 34, 8:
si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
(β).
With inf.-clause:
constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,
Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
(γ).
With ut and subj:
hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
(δ).
With quod:
illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:
optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,
id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
(ε).
With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):
sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:
optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 30:
optumum factu credens exercitum augere,
Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
IV.
Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:
di melius duint,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:
di meliora velint!
Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:
di meliora! inquit,
Cic. Sen. 14, 47:
id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,
Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;
similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,
Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
V.
With object expressed,
1.
By dat.
(α).
= good, useful, beneficial for:
ambula, id lieni optumum est,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:
quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,
Sall. C. 20, 3:
bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,
Verg. G. 2, 447.—
(β).
= benignus or propitius, kind to:
vicinis bonus esto,
Cato, R. R. 4:
bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:
vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,
Verg. A. 12, 647.—
(γ).
= idoneus, fit for, adapted to:
qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,
Cato, R. R. 6:
tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,
id. ib. 26:
terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,
Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
(δ).
With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:
accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:
bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,
Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:
quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:
cui bono fuisset,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.
ellipt. form cui bono?
Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
(ε).
With dat. gerund:
ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,
Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:
(mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,
Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
2.
By ad and acc.:
refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,
Varr. R. R. 1, 91:
occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,
Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:
non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,
Tac. A. 2, 14.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > meliores
14 optimum

bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
I.
Attributively.
A.
As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
1.
Vir bonus.
(α).
A man morally good (kalos kagathos):
quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:
omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:
ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,
id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:
sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,
id. Off. 3, 15, 64:
qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,
id. Lael. 5, 19:
non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,
id. Att. 7, 2, 4:
ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,
id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
(β).
An honest man:
justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;
3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,
id. ib. 3, 19, 77:
quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,
id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
(γ).
A man of good standing in the community:
id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,
Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:
tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,
Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;
37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:
vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:
praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,
Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
(δ).
Ironically of bad men:
sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:
expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,
Cic. Cael. 26, 63:
nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,
id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;
so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:
quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
(ε).
Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):
bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
(ζ).
As a conventional courtesy:
homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
bone accusator,
id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:
sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,
gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
2.
Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:
in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
3.
With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:
bonus consul,
Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):
boni tribuni plebis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:
bonus senator,
id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:
senator bonus,
id. Dom. 4, 8:
bonus judex,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:
bonus augur (ironically),
id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:
bonus vates,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:
bonus imperator,
Sall. C. 60, 4:
bonus dux,
Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:
naturam, optimam ducem,
the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):
bonus miles,
Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:
bonus orator,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
optimus orator,
id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:
poeta bonus,
id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:
scriptor bonus,
Quint. 10, 1, 104:
bonus advocatus,
id. 5, 13, 10:
bonus defensor,
id. 5, 13, 3:
bonus altercator,
a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:
bonus praeceptor,
id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:
bonus gubernator,
Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:
optimus opifex,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:
sutor bonus,
id. ib. 1, 3, 125:
actor optimus,
Cic. Sest. 57, 122:
cantor optimus est modulator,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:
melior gladiator,
Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:
bonus paterfamilias,
a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:
bonus servus,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:
dominus bonus,
Cato, R. R. 14:
bonus custos,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:
filius bonus,
Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:
patres,
Quint. 11, 3, 178:
parens,
id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:
uxor melior,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
amicus,
id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:
amicus optimus,
Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:
optimus testis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:
auctor, in two senses,
good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;
and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),
Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:
bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,
id. ib. 2, 23, 83:
eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:
optimus et fortissimus civis,
Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
4.
Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
(α).
In gen.:
sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:
fata... bonique divi,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:
divis orte bonis,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
O bone deus!
Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
(β).
Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:
(Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,
Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:
Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 36, 87:
in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:
nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,
id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
(γ).
Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:
di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!
Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:
di boni, boni quid porto!
Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:
di boni, quid hoc morbi est,
id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:
alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!
Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
(δ).
Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
5.
Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
(α).
Vir optimus:
per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,
Cic. Sest. 1, 2:
virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,
id. ib. 35, 76:
fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,
id. ib.:
consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,
id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
(β).
Femina bona, optima:
tua conjunx bona femina,
Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,
id. ib. —
(γ).
Senex, pater, frater, etc.:
optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,
Cic. Planc. 41, 97:
insuevit pater optimus hoc me,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:
C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
(δ).
With proper names ( poet.):
optimus Vergilius,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:
Maecenas optimus,
id. ib. 1, 5, 27:
optime Quinti,
id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
(ε).
Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:
quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?
Plin. Pan. 2, 7:
gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!
Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:
ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,
Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:
bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,
Ov. F. 2, 637:
optime Romulae Custos gentis,
Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
6.
Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
(α).
Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):
Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,
Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.
in mal. part.,
Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
(β).
Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
(γ).
Bona Fortuna:
si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:
Bonae Fortunae (signum),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:
FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,
Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
(δ).
Bona Spes:
Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:
BONAE SPEI,
Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
(ε).
BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:
Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,
Prop. 3, 24, 19.
B.
With nouns denoting things.
1.
Things concrete, denoting excellence:
navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,
Sen. Ep. 76, 13:
gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,
id. ib. 76, 14:
id vinum erit lene et bono colore,
Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:
tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,
Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:
per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,
id. ib. 73; cf.:
bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,
Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:
praedium bonum caelum habeat,
good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:
bona tempestate,
in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:
(praedium) solo bono valeat,
by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:
bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:
villam bonam,
Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:
bonus pons,
Cat. 17, 5:
scyphi optimi (= optime facti),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:
perbona toreumata,
id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §
38: bona domicilia,
comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:
agrum Meliorem nemo habet,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:
fundum meliorem,
Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:
equus melior,
id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:
bona cena,
Cat. 13, 3:
boni nummi,
good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:
super omnia vultus accessere boni,
good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:
mulier bona forma,
of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:
equus formae melioris,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:
tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,
fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:
fruges bonae,
Cat. 34, 19:
ova suci melioris,
of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:
animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:
bonum omen, 2. e.),
Quint. 6, 3, 69:
scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,
good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,
bona firmaque vox,
Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
2.
Things abstract.
a.
Of physical well-being:
ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,
Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:
non bonus somnus de prandio est,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
bona aetas,
prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:
optima aetate,
id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:
bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
b.
Of the mind and soul:
meliore esse sensu,
Cic. Sest. 21, 47:
optima indoles,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
bona conscientia,
Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:
bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,
with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:
mens melior,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:
duos optimae indolis filios,
Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:
bonum consilium,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bona voluntas,
a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:
memoria bona,
Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:
bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,
id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:
bonae rationes,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:
pronuntiatio bona,
Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
c.
Of moral relations:
ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;
v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,
Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:
fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,
of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:
bona studia,
moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:
quidquid vita meliore parasti,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:
Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,
Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
d.
Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:
bono usui estis nulli,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:
Optumo optume optumam operam das,
id. Am. 1, 1, 122:
bonam dedistis mihi operam,
a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;
v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:
bonum otium,
valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:
bonis versibus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:
versus meliores,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:
meliora poemata,
Hor. A. P. 303:
in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,
Cic. Or. 8, 26:
optimas fabulas,
id. Off. 1, 31, 114:
melius munus,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
e.
Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:
de Procilio rumores non boni,
unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:
bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,
about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:
si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,
id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.
fortuna optima esse,
to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:
occasio tam bona,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:
senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,
Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:
bona navigatio,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;
esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:
ego sum spe bona,
Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:
optima spe,
id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;
v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,
more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:
melior interpretatio,
Tac. H. 3, 65:
cum laude et bonis recordationibus,
id. A. 4, 38:
amnis Doctus iter melius,
i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:
omen bonum,
a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.
Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,
Ov. F. 1, 221;
optimum,
Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:
bona scaeva,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:
auspicio optumo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:
memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
f.
Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:
optima res publica,
id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:
minus bonis temporibus,
id. Dom. 4, 8; so,
optimis temporibus,
id. Sest. 3, 6:
nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:
lex optima,
id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
g.
Good = large, considerable:
bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6:
bona librorum copia,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:
bona copia cornu,
Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
h.
Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:
si bono genere natus sit,
Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
k.
Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
(α).
Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:
primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:
bona tua venia dixerim,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:
oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,
Liv. 7, 41, 3:
obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,
id. 6, 40, 10:
cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,
id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.
. sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,
Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
(β).
Bona pax, without quarrelling:
bona pax sit potius,
let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;
so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,
without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
(γ).
Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:
igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,
Sall. J. 5, 5.—
(δ).
Bona societas, alliance:
Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,
Tac. A. 1, 58.
C.
In particular phrases.
1.
Bonae res.
a.
= Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:
concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:
optimis rebus usus est,
he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
b.
= Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:
bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:
in bonis rebus,
Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
c.
Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:
homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,
who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
d.
Costly things, articles of luxury:
capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:
nimium rei bonae,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:
ignorantia bonarum rerum,
Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:
re bona copiosum esse,
Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
e.
Moral, morally good:
illi cum res non bonas tractent,
Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:
ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,
id. ib. 1, 4, 15:
quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?
id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:
quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,
id. Sen. 18, 65.—
f.
In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:
res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:
studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,
Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
2.
Bonae artes.
(α).
A good, laudable way of dealing:
qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,
Sall. C. 2, 9:
huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,
id. ib. 11, 2:
quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,
Tac. A. 6, 46.—
(β).
Liberal arts and sciences:
litteris aut ulli bonae arti,
Quint. 12, 1, 7:
conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:
optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
3.
Bona fides, or fides bona.
a.
Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:
dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:
si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
b.
Jurid. t. t.
(α).
Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:
ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;
41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,
ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
(β).
Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:
actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,
Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:
quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,
Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:
iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,
id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
4.
Bona verba.
(α).
Kind words:
Bona verba quaeso,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
(β).
Words of good omen (v. omen):
dicamus bona verba,
Tib. 2, 2, 1:
dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,
Ov. F. 2, 638.—
(γ).
Elegant or well-chosen expressions:
quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,
Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:
verborum bonorum cursu,
id. Brut. 66, 233:
omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,
Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
(δ).
Moral sayings:
non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
5.
Bona dicta.
(α).
Polite, courteous language:
hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,
Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
(β).
Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:
dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:
ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,
id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
6.
Bona facta.
(α).
= bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:
nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),
Tac. A. 3, 40.—
(β).
Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):
bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:
haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,
id. ib. 45.— Hence,
(γ).
Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:
peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,
Suet. Caes. 80:
et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,
id. Vit. 14:
hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,
Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:
o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,
Tert. Pud. 1.—
7.
Bona gratia.
(α).
A friendly understanding:
cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,
per gratiam bonam abire,
to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
(β).
Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
8.
Bona pars.
(α).
The well-disposed part of a body of persons:
ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,
Liv. 21, 4, 1:
pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,
id. 7, 21, 6.—
(β).
The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):
civem bonarum partium,
Cic. Sest. 32, 77:
(fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,
id. Cael. 6, 13:
qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,
Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
(γ).
Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):
bonam partem ad te adtulit,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:
bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,
Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:
bonam magnamque partem exercitus,
Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:
bona pars noctium,
Quint. 12, 11, 19:
bona pars hominum,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:
meae vocis... bona pars,
id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:
melior pars diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156.—
(δ).
Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:
nostri melior pars animus est,
Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:
quae pars optima est in homine,
best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:
major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:
Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
(ε).
Adverb.:
bonam partem = ex magna parte,
Lucr. 6, 1249.—
(ζ).
Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:
Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,
id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:
quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,
id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
9.
Dies bonus or bona.
(α).
A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):
tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:
nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,
Ov. F. 1, 72.—
(β).
A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
10.
Bonus mos.
(α).
Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:
nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:
nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:
domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,
Sall. C. 9, 1:
propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,
Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,
Liv. 34, 6, 9:
mores meliores,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
(β).
Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:
ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:
neglegentia boni moris,
Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:
conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,
in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
11.
Adverbial phrases.
a.
Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
(α).
To be of good cheer or courage:
bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,
Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:
animo bono es,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:
bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,
Varr. R. R. 1, 26:
bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,
Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:
bono animo esse jubere eam consul,
Liv. 39, 13, 7:
habe modo bonum animum,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:
habe animum bonum,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:
bonum animum habe,
Liv. 45, 8, 5:
clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,
id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
(β).
Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:
audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:
bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:
quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
(γ).
Bonus animus, good temper, patience:
bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:
vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,
Ov. M. 9, 433.—
b.
Bono modo.
(α).
= placide, with composure, moderation:
si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
(β).
In a decent manner:
neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
c.
Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:
te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:
ut jure optimo me deserere posses,
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:
ne jure optimo irrideamur,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;
similarly, optimo judicio,
Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
II.
As subst.
A.
bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
1.
In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
(α).
Plur.:
bonis quod bene fit haud perit,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:
melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,
Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:
verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,
id. Lael. 14, 50:
diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,
Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:
oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:
tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:
quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
(β).
Sing.:
malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:
nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:
qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,
Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
2.
Bonus, a man of honor.
(α).
A brave man:
pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?
Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:
libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,
Sall. C. 33, 5:
fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,
Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):
fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,
Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
(β).
A gentleman:
quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?
Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
3.
Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
(α).
In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;
so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,
Cic. Sest. 16, 38:
audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,
id. ib. 47, 100:
ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,
id. Pis. 2, 4:
etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:
maledictis increpat omnes bonos,
Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,
optimi,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:
bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,
id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
(β).
Without reference to political views;
opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:
semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,
Sall. C. 37, 3:
elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,
Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:
ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:
da locum melioribus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
4.
Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
5.
Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
(α).
Referring to morality:
esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,
every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:
qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,
id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:
quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?
Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
(β).
Of the educated classes:
adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,
Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:
Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,
Sall. C. 34, 2:
optimo cuique infesta libertas,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
(γ).
Honorable, brave:
optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,
Sall. J. 92, 8.—
(δ).
In gen., excellent:
optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,
Sall. C. 8, 5.—
(ε).
Distributively:
ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,
to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
(ζ).
Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):
hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
(η).
Attributively, with a noun:
optimam quamque causam,
Cic. Sest. 43, 93:
optima quaeque dies,
Verg. G. 3, 66.
2.
bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
1.
Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;
nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:
quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,
id. Par. 1, 1, 9:
ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,
id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:
non-est igitur voluptas bonum,
id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:
sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
2.
Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:
quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:
multa bona vobis volt facere,
will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:
tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,
id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
multa tibi di dent bona,
id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:
omnia Bona dicere,
to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:
sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:
cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,
id. ib. 5, 41, 120:
nihil enim boni nosti,
nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:
mala pro bonis legere dementia est,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:
quia bonum sit valere,
a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):
melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,
id. Lael. 6, 20:
meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,
id. Or. 1, 10, 43:
optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,
id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;
v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,
to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:
ad melius transcurrere,
to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
3.
Bonum or bona, prosperity:
fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:
nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,
id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:
unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:
quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),
Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
4.
Good qualities, gifts:
omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:
magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:
nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,
id. ib. 17, 39:
non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,
id. Balb. 28, 63:
gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,
id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
5.
Advantage, benefit:
si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,
Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:
saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,
id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:
maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,
Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:
hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
6.
With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:
si bonum aequomque oras,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:
si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:
a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:
istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,
I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
7.
Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
a.
In gen.:
paterna oportet reddi filio bona,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:
bona sua med habiturum omnia,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:
bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,
Cic. Sest. 24, 54:
cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,
id. ib. 30, 65:
bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,
id. Caecin. 13, 38:
at mulctantur bonis exsules,
id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
b.
Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
(α).
Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
(β).
Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:
postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,
Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:
edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,
Liv. 2, 24, 6:
bona proscribere,
to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
(γ).
Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
c.
In bonis esse;
with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),
Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:
neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,
ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
III.
Predicative use.
A.
With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
1.
Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:
nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:
bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,
id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:
itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:
Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,
Sall. C. 54, 5:
ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,
Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin. —
2.
To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:
jam istuc non bonumst,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:
oleum viridius et melius fiet,
id. ib. 3:
vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,
to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:
quid est homini salute melius?
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:
non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,
id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:
quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?
Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:
in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,
id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:
meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,
Liv. 2, 51, 3:
parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,
Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:
si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:
quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,
Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;
3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;
and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
3.
To be kind:
bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:
hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
4.
With reference to the gods:
ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:
Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),
Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
B.
Impers.
1.
Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
(α).
Without a subject:
bonum sit!
may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
(β).
With subject inf.:
nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:
bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,
id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
2.
Melius est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
melius sanam est mentem sumere,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:
nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,
Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,
melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,
it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:
proinde quiesse erit melius,
Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
(β).
With subject inf.-clause:
meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
(γ).
With ut-clause:
quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
(δ).
With subjectclause in the subjunctive:
nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
3.
Optimum est.
(α).
With subject inf.:
optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,
Liv. 23, 34, 8:
si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
(β).
With inf.-clause:
constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,
Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
(γ).
With ut and subj:
hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,
Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
(δ).
With quod:
illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:
optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,
id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
(ε).
With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):
sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:
optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 30:
optumum factu credens exercitum augere,
Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
IV.
Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:
di melius duint,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:
di meliora velint!
Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:
di meliora! inquit,
Cic. Sen. 14, 47:
id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,
Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;
similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,
Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
V.
With object expressed,
1.
By dat.
(α).
= good, useful, beneficial for:
ambula, id lieni optumum est,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:
quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,
Sall. C. 20, 3:
bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,
Verg. G. 2, 447.—
(β).
= benignus or propitius, kind to:
vicinis bonus esto,
Cato, R. R. 4:
bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,
Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:
vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,
Verg. A. 12, 647.—
(γ).
= idoneus, fit for, adapted to:
qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,
Cato, R. R. 6:
tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,
id. ib. 26:
terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,
Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
(δ).
With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:
accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:
bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,
Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:
quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:
cui bono fuisset,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.
ellipt. form cui bono?
Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
(ε).
With dat. gerund:
ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,
Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:
(mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,
Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
2.
By ad and acc.:
refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,
Varr. R. R. 1, 91:
occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,
Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:
non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,
Tac. A. 2, 14.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > optimum
15 hecho

adj.

1 made, done.

2 made, created.

intj.

1 done.

2 agreed.

m.

1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.

2 act, feat, deed, action.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: hacer.

* * *

hecho

► nombre masculino

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección

————————

hecho

► participio pasado

1→ link=hacer hacer

► adjetivo

1 (carne) done

2 (persona) mature

3 (frase, expresión) set

4 (ropa) ready-made

► nombre masculino hecho

1 (realidad) fact

2 (suceso) event, incident

► interjección ¡hecho!

1 done!, agreed!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk

¡bien hecho! well done!

de hecho in fact

el hecho es que... the fact is that...

eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute

estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...

■ esta habitación está hecha un asco this room is in a right mess

■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout

hecho,-a a mano handmade

hecho,-a a máquina machine-made

hecho,-a en casa home-made

hechos son amores actions speak louder than words

lo hecho hecho está what's done is done

muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone

poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone

ser un hombre hecho y derecho to be a real man

hecho consumado fait accompli

hecho de armas feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles

* * *
1. noun m.
1) fact

2) deed

3) event
2. (f. - hecha)
adj.

1) done, made

2) finished

* * *

1.

PP de hacer

2. ADJ

1) (=realizado) done

bien hecho — well done

mal hecho — badly done

si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

- lo hecho, hecho está

- a lo hecho pecho

2) (=manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

bien hecho — well made

mal hecho — poorly made

hecho a mano — handmade

hecho a máquina — machine-made

hecho a la medida — made-to-measure

se compra la ropa hecha — he buys his clothes off-the-peg

3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

el trabajo ya está hecho — the work is done o finished

¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

4) (Culin)

a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe

b) (=cocinado)

muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

5) (=convertido en)

el baño está hecho un asco — the bathroom is disgusting

usted está hecho un chaval — you look so young!

ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

estará hecha una mujercita — she must be quite grown up now

6) [persona]

bien hecho — well-proportioned

mal hecho — ill-proportioned

hecho y derecho —

un hombre hecho y derecho — a (fully) grown man

soldados hechos y derechos — proper soldiers

7) (=acostumbrado)

estar hecho a — to be used to

3. SM

1) (=acto)

los vecinos quieren hechos — the residents want action

hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

hecho consumado — fait accompli

hecho de armas — feat of arms

Hechos de los Apóstoles — Acts of the Apostles

2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

es un hecho — it's a fact

es un hecho conocido — it's a well-known fact

el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

volvamos a los hechos — let's get back to the facts

hay que clarificar los hechos — the facts must be clarified

un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

los hechos acaecidos ayer — yesterday's events

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the incident

hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

3)

de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

4) (Jur)

de hecho y de derecho — de facto and de jure

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]

1) ( manufacturado) made

hecho a mano — handmade

un traje hecho a (la) medida — a made-to-measure suit

bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

2) ( refiriéndose a acción)

bien hecho! — well done!

no le avisé - pues mal hecho — I didn't let him know - well you should have (done)

lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

3) ( convertido en)

estaba hecho una fiera — he was furious

está hecha una vaca — she's got(ten) really fat

tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

se apareció hecho un mamarracho — he turned up looking a real mess

4) ( acostumbrado)

hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

5) (como interj) ( expresando acuerdo)

hecho! — it's a deal!, done!
II
- cha adjetivo

1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)

2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak
III
masculino

1)

a) (acto, acción)

ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

demuéstramelo con hechos — prove it to me by doing something about it

b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event

el lugar de los hechos — the scene of the crime

- hecho consumado

2) (realidad, verdad) fact

los viajes espaciales ya son un hecho — space travel is already a reality

el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

3)

de hecho — in fact

* * *

hecho¹

¹ = event, fact, deed.

Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.

Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.

* apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.

* cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.

* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.

* el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).

* el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....

* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.

* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.

* enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.

* estado de hecho = rule of men.

* explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.

* exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.

* hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.

* hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.

* hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.

* hecho consumado = fait accompli.

* hecho demostrado = established fact.

* hecho ineludible = hard fact.

* hecho real = brute fact.

* hechos dispersos = random facts.

* hechos, los = plain fact, the.

* hechos reales = true story.

* no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.

* partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.

* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.

* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.

* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.

* presunción de hecho = prima facie.

* prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.

* ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.

* ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.

* ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.

* sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

hecho²

² = executed.

Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

* a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.

* bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.

* cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.

* comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.

* comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.

* cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.

* dado por hecho = foregone.

* dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.

* dar por hecho = take for + granted.

* dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.

* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.

* estar hecho a escala = be to scale.

* estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.

* estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.

* estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.

* estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.

* estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.

* estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.

* estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.

* frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.

* hecho a base de parches = patchwork.

* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.

* hecho a máquina = machine-made.

* hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.

* hecho añicos = shattered.

* hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].

* hecho cisco = wrecked.

* hecho como de pasada = throwaway.

* hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.

* hecho de encaje = lacy.

* hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].

* hecho de trozos = piecewise.

* hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.

* hecho en América = American-built.

* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.

* hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.

* hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.

* hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.

* hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.

* hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.

* hecho expresamente para = intended for.

* hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.

* hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.

* hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.

* hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.

* hecho por el hombre = man-made.

* hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.

* hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.

* hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].

* hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.

* hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.

* hecho puré = mashed.

* hecho recientemente = fresh-made.

* hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.

* hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].

* hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.

* hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.

* hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.

* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.

* mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.

* medio hecho = halfway done, half done.

* menos hecho = rarer.

* páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.

* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.

* papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.

* papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.

* ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.

* ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.

* recién hecho = hot off the griddle.

* resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.

* sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.

* solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

* * *

hecho¹ - cha

pp

[ ver tb hacer]

A (manufacturado) made

hecho a mano handmade

hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit

está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made

B

(refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him

tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him

lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk

pecho

C

(convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious

está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat

se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess

me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil

D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth

un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country

E ( como interj)

(expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!

trato

hecho² - cha

adjective

A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg

con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg

B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done

hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man

un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer

ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler

C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done

un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)

E

(Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)

hecho³

masculine

A

1

(acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it

no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …

2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event

hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government

los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime

limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts

Compuestos:

● hecho consumado

fait accompli

● hecho de armas

( frml); battle

● hecho de sangre

( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)

● Hechos de los Apóstoles

mpl:

los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles

B (realidad, verdad) fact

es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact

para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality

el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …

es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …

el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage

el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:

el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper

C

de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant

no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month

él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place

* * *

Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

hecho es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hecho
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hecho to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hecho la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hecho a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hecho v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ hechose un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ hechose a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hecho 1
◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

1 ( manufacturado) made;
◊ hecho a mano handmade;

un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
bien/mal hecho well/badly made
2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;

no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
3 ( convertido en):
◊ estaba hecho una fiera he was furious;

tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
■ adjetivo
a) ‹ ropa› ready-to-wear

b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo› done

c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne› done;

◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (acto, acción):

◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;

◊ el lugar de los hechos the scene of the crime

2 (realidad, verdad) fact;
◊ de hecho in fact

hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
3 (cocinado, cocido) done
un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
4 (persona) mature
5 (frase) set
(ropa) ready-made
II sustantivo masculino
1 (suceso real) fact
el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
' hecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acontecer
- actual
- asesinar
- braga
- bribón
- bribona
- buena
- bueno
- casera
- casero
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chaval
- chavala
- como
- conmoverse
- considerable
- consumada
- consumado
- Cristo
- de
- despeluchar
- desvarío
- dicha
- dicho
- documentalista
- elemento
- encubrir
- entrar
- exquisita
- exquisito
- fideo
- fiera
- flan
- furia
- haber
- habilidosa
- habilidoso
- hallar
- hecha
- higo
- hojalata
- humanamente
- incidencia
- interdisciplinaria
- interdisciplinario
- jirón
- jugarreta
- lástima
English:
accept
- action
- actual
- actually
- adjust
- admission
- admit
- advance
- angry
- appease
- asbestos
- bandwagon
- bargain
- basis
- beat
- by
- challenge
- cock-up
- collar
- come
- confirm
- cry
- custom
- cut out
- damage
- deal
- decree
- delay
- deliberately
- done
- dream
- effect
- effectively
- enforce
- established
- fact
- failure
- fait accompli
- find out
- fitted
- freshly
- fully-fledged
- good
- grown
- gumbo
- hand
- handmade
- however
- hurried
- in

* * *

hecho, -a

♦ participio
ver hacer
♦ adj

1. [llevado a cabo]
hecho a mano handmade;

hecho a máquina machine-made;

una película bien hecha a well-made film;

¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;

¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;

Comp

lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;

Comp
Fam
a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;

tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming

2. [acabado] mature;

una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;

estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist

3. [carne, pasta] done;

quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare

4. [acostumbrado]
estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;

está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;

no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early

5. Andes, RP Fam
estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;

con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;

me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done

♦ nm

1. [suceso] event;

los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;

el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime

Comp
hecho consumado fait accompli
2. [realidad, dato] fact;

el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;

es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;

el hecho es que… the fact is that…;

hecho ineludible fact of life

3. [obra] action, deed;

sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;

queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises

Comp
los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
4.
de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;

claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together

5. [en la práctica] de facto;

es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president

♦ interj

it's a deal!, you're on!;

te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!

* * *

hecho

I part → hacer; ( confeccionado)

:

hecho a mano hand-made;

un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;

muy hecho carne well-done;

¡bien hecho! well done!;

¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;

a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done

II adj finished;

un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man

III m

1 ( realidad) fact;

de hecho in fact;

el hecho es que the fact is that

2 ( suceso) event

3 ( obra) action, deed;

un hecho consumado a fait accompli

* * *

hecho pp hacer

hecho, - cha adj

1) : made, done

2) : ready-to-wear

3) : complete, finished

hecho y derecho: full-fledged

hecho nm

1) : fact

2) : event

hechos históricos: historic events

3) : act, action

4)

de hecho : in fact, in reality

* * *

hecho¹ adj

1. (manufacturado) made

¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?

está hecho de plástico it's made of plastic

hecho con ingredientes naturales made from natural ingredients

2. (cocinado) done

me gusta el filete bien hecho I like my steak well done

¡bien hecho! well done!

¡hecho! done!

hecho a mano handmade

hecho en casa homemade

hecho² n

1. (en general) fact

la película se basa en hechos verídicos the film is based on fact

2. (acto) action

demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

de hecho in fact

Spanish-English dictionary > hecho
16 HAUGR

(-s, -ar), m.

1) mound;

2) sepulchral mound, cairn.

* * *

m. [akin to hár, high; Dan. höj; Swed. hog; North. E. how]:—a how, mound; haugr eða hæð, Mar., Fms. ix. 382, Stj. 260; there was usually a how near the houses, from which the master could look over his estate, Þkv. 6, Skm. 11; hann gékk nú at bæ Þorleifs ok at haugi þeim er hann sat a., Fs. 98; Þorleifr var því vanr, sem mjök var fornmennis háttr, at sitja löngum úti á haugi einum ok eigi langt frá bænum, Fms. ii. 59; þar er h. nokkurr er hann er vanr at sitja, v. 160; hann sat á haugi sem konungar, Hkr. i. 136, Stjörn. Odd. ch. 5.

2. a dung-heap. midden; fjós-h., a byre-midden; ösku-h., an ash-heap; myki-h., a muck-heap; draga myki út ok færa í haug, K. Þ. K. 100, Al. 178.

II. a cairn, over one dead; the cairns belong to the burning age as well as to the later age, when the dead were placed in a ship and put in the how with a horse, hound, treasures, weapons, or the like, cp. Eg. 6, 7, 768. Hkr. (pref.), Landn. 62 (twice), 81, 82, 86, 125 (lagðr í skip), 169, Gísl. 23, 24, 31, 32, Ld. ch. 8, 24, Nj. ch. 79, Eb. ch. 9, 34, Hrafn. (fine), Hervar. 13 sqq. (1847), Fagrsk. ch. 4, 5, Hkr. (pref.), Hkr. i. 122 (Har. S. ch. 45), 152 (Hák. S. ch. 27), 160 (ch. 32), Har. Hárf. ch. 8, Skjöld. S. ch. 9: names of such cairns, Korna-haugr, Landn. 87; Hildis-h., 267; Hálfdanar-haugar, Hkr. i. 74; Tréfóts-h., Grett. 87; Melkorku-h., Mókolls-h., etc.: freq. in local names, Haugr, Haugar, Haugs-nes, Landn., Eb.; Hauga-þing, n. an assembly in Norway, Fms. viii. 245, ix. 109. There is an historical essay on Icel. cairns by old Jón Ólafsson in Arna-Magn. Additam. (autogr. MS. and interesting).

β. a kind of sacrificial mound, Edda 83 (Hölgi), Yngl. S. ch. 12, Ó. H. ch. 122; hauga né hörga, hlaða hauga ok kalla hörg, N. G. L. i. 430; blót-h., q. v.: for tales about the breaking open of cairns, wrestling with the ghosts, and carrying off their weapons and treasures, see Landn. 169, Harð. S. ch. 15, Grett. ch. 20, Sturl. i. 23, Bárð. ch. 20 new Ed.: the burying in cairns was typical of the heathen age, whence such law phrases as, frá heiðnum haugi, from heathen how, i. e. from time immemorial, D. N. passim, vide Fr.; telja langfeðr frá haugi, or til haugs ok heiðni, to count one’s forefathers up to hows and heathen times, Rétt. 48, D. N. iii. 122: in early Dan. laws unbaptized children were called höghæmen = how-men.

COMPDS: haugabrjótr, haugaeldr, haugaherr, haugaöld, brunaöld, haugsdyrr, haugsgólf, haugsgörð.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAUGR
17 KIRKJA

church

* * *

(gen. pl. kirkna), f. church.

* * *

u, f., gen. pl. kirkna; [Scot. kirk; Dan. kirke; Germ. kirche; but Engl. church]

I. a kirk, church; timbr-k., a timber church; stein-k., a stone church; the earliest Scandin. churches were all built of timber, the doors and pillars being ornamented with fine carved work, see Worsaae, Nos. 505–508; in the 12th and following centuries the old timber churches were one by one replaced by stone buildings. In Denmark the last timber church was demolished at the beginning of the 17th century, but in Norway some old churches (called stav-kyrkior) have remained up to the present time, see an interesting essay in Nord. Aarb. 1869, p. 185 sqq. Many passages in the Sagas refer to the building of churches, especially in records of the years following after 1000, see esp. Ld. ch. 74 sqq.; a curious legend, for the purpose of encouraging men to build churches, is told in Eb. ch. 49,—that a man could grant as many souls a seat in heaven as the church which he built held persons; ok þegar er þingi var lokit (the summer of A. D. 1000) lét Snorri goði göra kirkju at Helgafelli, en aðra Styrr mágr hans undir Hrauni, ok hvatti pat mjök til kirkju-görðar, at þat var fyrirheit kennimanna, at maðr skyldi jafnmörgum eiga heimolt rúm í himinríki, sem standa mætti í kirkju þeirri er hann lét göra, Eb. l. c. For the removal of a church, when all the graves were to be dug up and the bones ‘translated’ to the new church, see Eb. (fine), Bjarn. 19. For references see the Sagas passim; kirkju atgörð, atbót, uppgörð, church reparation, Vm. 12, 118, N. G. L. i. 345; kirkju brjóst, gólf, dyrr, horn, hurð, láss, lykill, ráf, stigi, stoð, stöpull, sylla, veggr, a church front, floor, door-way, corner, door, lock, key, roof, stair, pillar, steeple, sill, wall, K. Þ. K. 168, 170, 186, Fms. vii. 211, 225, viii. 285, 428, ix. 47, 470, 524, Landn. 50, Pm. 5, Vm. 46, Sturl. i. 169, iii. 221, 228, K. Á. 28, N. G. L. i. 312; kirkju sár, a church font, Jm. 2, 35, Ám. 6; kirkju kápa, ketill, kola, kross, mundlaug, Sturl. i. 191, Vm. 1, 6, 34, 99, 149, Dipl. v. 18; kirkju mark (on sheep), H. E. i. 494, Bs. i. 725: áttungs-k., fjórðungs-k., fylkis-k., héraðs-k., höfuð-k., hægindis-k. (q. v.), þriðjungs-k., veizlu-k., heima-k., etc.: in tales even used in a profane sense, trolla-k., álfa-k., a trolls’ and elves’ church, place where they worship.

2. eccl. the Church = Ecclesia, very rarely, for Kristni and siðr are the usual words; kirkjan eðr Kristnin, Stj. 44.

II. in local names, Kirkju-bær, Kirkju-ból, Kirkju-fjörðr, Kirkju-fell, Landn. and maps of Icel. passim, cp. Kirkby or Kirby in the north of England.

COMPDS: kirkjubann, kirkjubók, kirkjuból, kirkjubólstaðr, kirkjubóndi, kirkjubúningr, kirkjubær, kirkjudagr, kirkjudagshald, kirkjudróttinn, kirkjueign, kirkjuembætti, kirkjufé, kirkjufólk, kirkjufrelsi, kirkjufriðr, kirkjufundr, kirkjuganga, kirkjugarðr, kirkjugarðshlið, kirkjugengt, kirkjugjöf, kirkjugóz, kirkjugrið, kirkjugræfr, kirkjugörð, kirkjuhelgi, kirkjuhluti, kirkjuland, kirkjuligr, kirkjulægr, kirkjulög, kirkjulögbók, kirkjumál, kirkjumaldagi, kirkjumenn, kirkjumannafundr, kirkjumessa, kirkjunáðir, kirkjuprestr, kirkjurán, kirkjureikningr, kirkjureki, kirkjuréttr, kirkjuskot, kirkjuskraut, kirkjuskrúð, kirkjuskyld, kirkjusmíð, kirkjusókn, kirkjusóknarmaðr, kirkjusóknarþing, kirkjustétt, kirkjustóll, kirkjustuldr, kirkjusöngr, kirkjutíund, kirkjutjöld, kirkjuvarðveizla, kirkjuvegr, kirkjuviðr, kirkjuvist, kirkjuvígsla, kirkjuvörðr, kirkjuþjófr.

III. in plur. kirkna-friðr, -góz, -görð, -mál, -sókn, etc. = kirkju-, Fms. ix. 236, 478, K. Á. 216, Bs. i. 689, Ísl. ii. 380.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > KIRKJA
18 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
19 EY

I)

adv.

1) always, ever, = ei, æ;

2) not, = ei, eigi;

ey manni þat veit, no man knows.

II)

(gen. eyjar, dat. ey and eyju; pl. eyjar), f. an island.

* * *

gen. eyjar; dat. eyju and ey, with the article eyinni and eyjunni; acc. ey; pl. eyjar, gen. eyja, dat. eyjum; in Norway spelt and proncd. öy; [Dan. öe; Swed. ö; Ivar Aasen öy; Germ. aue; cp. Engl. eyot, leas-ow, A. S. êg-land, Engl. is-land; in Engl. local names -ea or -ey, e. g. Chels-ea, Batters-ea, Cherts-ey, Thorn-ey, Osn-ey, Aldern-ey, Orkn-ey, etc.]:—an island, Fas. ii. 299, Skálda 172, Eg. 218, Grág. ii. 131, Eb. 12; eyjar nef, the ‘neb’ or projection of an island, Fb. iii. 316.

2. in various compds; varp-ey, an island where wild birds lay eggs; eyði-ey, a deserted island; heima-ey, a home island; bæjar-ey, an inhabited island; út-eyjar, islands far out at sea; land-eyjar, an island in an inlet, Landn.: a small island close to a larger one is called a calf (eyjar-kálfr), the larger island being regarded as the cow, (so the southernmost part of the Isle of Man is called the Calf of Man): it is curious that ‘islanders’ are usually not called eyja-menn ( islandmen), but eyjar-skeggjar, m. pl. ‘island-beards;’ this was doubtless originally meant as a nickname to denote the strange habits of islanders, Fas. i. 519 (in a verse), Fær. 151, 656 C. 22, Fms. ii. 169, viii. 283, Grett. 47 new Ed.; but eyja-menn, m. pl., Valla L. 228, Eb. 316 (and in mod. usage), cp. also Götu-skeggjar, the men of Gata, a family, Landn.; eyja-sund, n. a sound or narrow strait between two islands, Eg. 93, Fms. ii. 64, 298.

3. in local names: from the shape, Lang-ey, Flat-ey, Há-ey, Drang-ey: from cattle, birds, beasts, Fær-eyjar, Lamb-ey, Sauð-ey, Hrút-ey, Yxn-ey, Hafr-ey, Svín-ey, Kið-ey, Fugl-ey, Arn-ey, Æð-ey, Má-ey, Þern-ey, Úlf-ey, Bjarn-ey: from vegetation, Eng-ey, Akr-ey, Við-ey, Brok-ey, Mos-ey: from the quarters of heaven, Austr-ey, Norðr-ey, Vestr-ey, Suðr-ey (Engl. Sudor): an island at ebb time connected with the main land is called Örfiris-ey, mod. Öffurs-ey (cp. Orfir in the Orkneys): from other things, Fagr-ey, Sand-ey, Straum-ey, Vé-ey ( Temple Isle), Eyin Helga, the Holy Isle (cp. Enhallow in the Orkneys). Eyjar is often used κατ ἐξοχήν of the Western Isles, Orkneys, Shetland, and Sudor, hence Eyja-jarl, earl of the Isles (i. e. Orkneys), Orkn. (freq.); in southern Icel. it is sometimes used of the Vestmanna eyjar.

β. in old poets ey is a favourite word in circumlocutions of women, vide Lex. Poët.; and in poetical diction ey is personified as a goddess, the sea being her girdle, the glaciers her head-gear; hence the Icel. poetical compd ey-kona. For tales of wandering islands, and giants removing islands from one place to another, vide Ísl. Þjóðs. i. 209.

4. in female pr. names, Þór-ey, Bjarg-ey, Landn.: but if prefixed—as in Eyj-úlfr, Ey-steinn, Ey-mundr, Ey-vindr, Ey-dís, Ey-fríðr, Ey-vör, Ey-þjófr, etc.—ey belongs to a different root.

COMPD: eyjaklasi.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > EY
20 LEGGJA

lay up

* * *

(legg, lagða, lagiðr, lagðr, laginn), v.

1) to lay, place (Már hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar);

leggja net, to lay a net;

2) to put;

leggja eld í, to put fire to;

leggja söðul á hest, to put a saddle on a horse;

leggja árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling;

leggja ofan segi, to haul down, take in the sails;

leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, slay, kill;

leggja hlut sinn, to lose one’s lot, be worsted;

3) to lay, drop, of a beast (hvelparnir, er eigi vóru lagðir);

4) to lay, make, build;

leggja garða, to make fences;

5) to appoint, fix (leggja stefnu, leika, bardaga);

6) to tax, value (hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs);

leggja e-n úgildan, to award no fine for, put no price on;

leggja at léttu, to make light of;

7) to settle;

leggja sakar, to settle strife;

leggja lög, to lay down laws;

leggja leið sína, to take a direction;

hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming often to O.;

8) to allot, assign (þér mun lagit verða at vera einvaldskonungr yfir Noregi);

hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, what comfort is there appointed for S.?;

þér var lengra líf lagit, a longer life was destined for thee;

9) to lay out, pay, discharge;

leggja at veði, to give as bail;

leggja á hættu, to risk;

leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expenses;

leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing;

leggja fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head;

10) to lay a ship’s course, stand of or on, sail, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., lét hann blása herblástr ok leggja út ór höfninni, and sailed out of the harbour;

leggja at, to land (lagði hann at við Sundólfsstaði);

in a naval battle, to attack (lögðu þeir þá at þeim);

leggja undir land, to stand in towards land;

fig. to give in;

leggja (skip) í rétt, to drift or run before the wind;

11) to set off, start;

leggja á flótta, to take toftight;

leggja eptir e-m, to pursue;

leggja upp, to start on a journey;

12) to stab, thrust, with a weapon (Þ. leggr hann spjóti til bana);

13) impers. it turns, is driven in a direction (of smoke, smell, fire);

hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows hitherward;

to freeze over, be covered with snow or ice (þá er ísa lagði á vötn);

leggja nær, to be on the brink of;

nær lagði þat úfœru einu sinni, it had well nigh come to a disaster;

14) with preps.:

leggja e-t af, to cede, give up (H. bróðir hans lagði af við hann sinn part í eyjunni);

to leave off, desist from (legg af héðan af versagørð, sagði erkibiskup);

leggja af fénað, to slaughter cattle;

leggja e-t aptr, to give back, return (báðu mik leggja aptr taflit);

leggja at, leggja at landi, to land;

leggja at e-m, to attack;

leggja e-t á e-n, to impose, lay (a burden, tax) upon one (leggja skatt, skyldir, yfirbót á e-n);

leggja e-t á við e-n = leggja e-t á e-n;

leggja stund, kapp, hug á e-t, to take pains about, great interest in, a thing;

leggja ást, elsku, mætur á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for a thing, to cherish a thing or person;

leggja fæð, öfund, hatr á, to take dislike, envy, hatred to;

leggja móti e-m, to oppose, contradict one;

leggja e-t til, to furnish, contribute, as one’s share (hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér?);

leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved;

leggja lof til, to give praise to;

leggja gott (illt) til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to one, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner;

leggja e-t til lofs e-m, to put a thing to a person’s credit;

leggja e-t til orðs, to talk about;

leggja e-m e-t til ámælis, orðs, to blame one for a thing;

leggja e-t undir or undir sik, to conquer, vanquish (Knútr konungr lagði allt land undir sik íNoregi);

leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit a matter to a person, refer to (þeir höfðu lagit mál undir Njál);

leggja undir trúnað e-s, to trust;

ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him;

leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour;

leggja e-t upp við e-n, to hand over to one;

leggja e-t eigi langt upp, not to make much of, to make light of (eigi legg ek slíkt langt upp);

leggja e-t við e-t, to add to (leggja aðra tölu við aðra);

leggja við líf sitt, höfuð sitt, to stake one’s life;

leggja við sekt, to fix a fine;

15) refl., leggjast.

* * *

a causal of liggja, q. v.; pres. legg, pl. leggjum; pret. lagði; subj. legði; imperat. legg or leggðú; part. lagiðr, lagið, lagit; contr. lagðr, lögð, lagt; part. laginn, Fb. ii. 386, which form is in mod. Icel. used as an adjective only; a part. pass. lagztr, lögzt, lagzt, Fas. ii. 345, and in mod. usage: [Ulf. lagjan = τιθέναι; A. S. lecgan; Engl. lay; O. H. G. legjan; Germ. legen; Swed. lägga; Dan. lægge]:—to lay.

A. Prop. to lay, place; ok lagði hann á altara, Ver. 14; er hann var lagiðr á bálit, Hkr. i. 32; á lúðr lagiðr, Vþm.; vóru steinar lagðir í hring utan um, Eg. 486; Már lá útar á bekk, ok hafði lagt höfuð sitt í kné Rannveigar, Sturl. i. 13; leggja net, to lay a net, K. Þ. K. 88:—to lay down, leggja sinn aldr, Ht.

2. to put; leggja band um, umhverfis, to fasten a string round the body, Eg. 340; leggja saman augun, to put the eyes together, shut them, id.; leggja eld í, to put fire to, Nj. 74, 131; leggja hendr at síðum mér, Fms. x. 331; leggja stýri í lag, to put it right, Hkr. i. 32; leggja ofan segl ok viðu, to haul down, take in the sails, Fms. iv. 372, ix. 23; l. lénur, söðul, á hest, to put a saddle on a horse, Nj. 74, Landn. 151; l. á hest, or leggja á (simply), to saddle; leggja hapt á hest, Grág. i. 436; l. mark á, of sheep, 426; l. hús ofan, to pull it down, Bs. i. 163; l. klyfjar ofan, to unload a horse, K. Þ. K. 94; l. klyfjar upp, to pack a horse, N. G. L. i. 349; l. árar upp, to lay up the oars, give up pulling, Edda 36: the mod. phrase, leggja árar í bát, to give a thing up, lose heart; l. fyrir lið, to give up, see lið; fyrir lagðr, outworn, exhausted, Mar. 1060, Fas. ii. 278.

3. leggja at jörðu, at velli (or við jörðu, við velli), to overthrow, make bite the dust, Nj. 117, Eg. 426, Fms. vii. 296, viii. 43, x. 257, Njarð. 378; leggja fyrir borð, to put overboard, metaph. to forsake, Clem. 47; leggja í leg, to lay waste, Grág. ii. 278; leggja hlut sinn, to lay down or lose one’s lot, be worsted, Sturl. iii. 103: leggja mál í görð, to put into court, Nj. 88, 101; l. mál í umræðu, to put it to discussion, Orkn. 426; l. mál til sætta, Nj. 111.

4. to lay, drop, of a beast; hvelparnir er eigi vóru lagðir, Fb. i. 104.

II. metaph. in a mental sense; leggja stund, starf, hug, kapp … á e-t, to study a thing, take pains about, interest in it; as also, leggja ást, elsku, mætr á e-t, to feel love, affection, interest for, to love, cherish a thing or person; and again, leggja fæð, öfund, hatr … á, to take dislike, envy to, Al. 95, Ísl. ii. 197, Nj. 31, 46, Eg. 42, 418, Ld. 60, Fb. ii. 229, Fms. i. 31: freq. in old and mod. usage, thus, Sturla lagði mikinn hug á, at láta rita sögu-bækr eptir bókuni þeim er Snorri setti saman, Sturl. ii. 123; leggja e-t e-m til orðs, ámælis, to put a thing to a person’s blame, blame him for it, Nj. 62, 85, 138, 246, Ld. 250; l. e-t til lofs e-m, to laud one, put a thing to a person’s credit, Fms. x. 98.

2. with prepp.; leggja á, to impose, put upon; leggja skyldir, skatt … á, Fms. x. 51, 93, Rb. 394:—leggja af, to leave off, cease doing; legg af héðan af versa-görð, sagði erkibiskup, ok stúdera heldr í kirkjunnar lögum, Bs. i. 799:—leggja e-t fyrir sik, to set a task before one, Fms. ii. 103, xi. 157:—leggja til, to add to, xi. 51, Hom. 138:—leggja undir or undir sik, to lay under oneself, conquer, vanquish, Fms. i. 3, x. 35, Eg. 12, Stj. 46, 146; leggja e-t undir þegnskap sinn, to assert on one’s honour, Grág. i. 29, Nj. 150; leggja e-t undir e-n, to submit it to a person, refer to, 105; l. e-t undir trúnað e-s, to trust, Fms. ix. 397; ok er þat mjök undir hann lagit, it depends much on him, Bjarn. 52:—leggja út, mod. to translate (út-legging):—leggja við, to add to, Grág. i. 22, Hom. 138, 155. Rb. 88, Al. 358.

III. to lay, place, found, build; leggja afla, Vsp. 7; leggja garða, to make fences, Rm. 12; leggja götur, to make roads, Dipl. iv. 12; leggja lúðra, to place right, adjust the bin, Gs. 3; leggja leið, to take a direction, Fas. i. 57; hann lagði mjök kvámur sínar í Ögr, he was in the habit of coming to O., Fbr. 30; leggja e-t í vana sinn, to make a habit of.

2. metaph. to lay, settle; leggja sakar, to settle strife, Vsp. 64; leggja landrétt, to settle the public rights, make laws, Sighvat; leggja lög, to lay down laws, of the three weird sisters ordering the fate of men, Vsp.:—to lay down, ordain, lagt er allt fyrir, all is predestined, Skv. I, Skm. 13, Ls. 48; era með löstum lögð æfi þér, Skv. 1, 33; hvat mun til líkna lagt Sigurði, 30; leggja á, to ordain, en þú hugfest þá hluti er ek segi þér, ok legg á þik, Bs. i. 199; ef þeir eru á lagðir ( ordered) fyrir váttum, Gþl. 439; þá hluti er ek hefi á lagt við þik, Eg. 738; leggja lög á, to make, lay down a law, Bs. i. 28: leggja ríkt á, to order peremptorily: of a spell, leggja á, to enchant; ‘mæli eg um og legg eg á!’ is in the tales the formula with which witches say the spell.

3. to appoint, fix, a meeting or the like; eru þá leikar lagðir í Ásbjarnar-nesi, Ld. 196; leikr var lagiðr á Hvítár-völlum, Eg. 188; þeir lögðu við landsmenn hálfs-mánaðar frið, 228; leggja stefnu með sér, Fms. i. 36; var lögð konunga-stefna í Elfi, vii. 62; leggja bardaga við e-n, xi. 418; l. með sér vináttu, Eg. 278; Augustus keisari lagði frið ( established peace) um allan heim, Edda.

IV. to tax, value (fjár-lag); hross eru ok lögð, hestr fjögurra vetra gamall við kú, Grág. i. 503; leggja lag á mjöl, ii. 404; ef fyrr er keypt en lag er á lagt, id.; leggja lag á varning manna, Ísl. ii. 126; þat þykkir mér jafnligast at þú leggir land svá dýrt, en ek kjósa hvárr okkarr leysa skal, … hann lagði hálft landit fyrir sex tigi silfrs, … er þú leggr svá údýrt Helgafells-land, Eb. 38; vil ek þat vinna til sætta at leggja son minn úgildan, Nj. 250; at Hallr af Síðu hafði lagit úgildan son sinn, ok vann þat til sætta, 251; leggja at léttu, to lay a tax on light, Fas. iii. 553.

V. to lay out, pay, discharge; leggja at veði, to give as bail, Edda 17; buðu at leggja sik í veð fyrir þessa menn, Nj. 163; leggja á hættu, to risk, Eg. 86; leggja á mikinn kostnað, to run into great expences, Eg. 43; leggja veð eðr fá vörzlu, Gþl. 389: leggja í kostnað, to expend, Fms. xi. 232; leggja sik í háska, veð, to put oneself in danger, to stake one’s life, vii. 263, Nj. 163:—leggja aptr, to pay back, Grett. 174 new Ed.; leggja líf á, to stake one’s life on a thing, Nj. 106, 178:—l. fram, to lay forth, lay out, exhibit (fram-lag); allan þann sóma er hann hefir fram lagit, Ld. 32; mikit muntú þurfa fram at leggja með honum, þvíat hón á allan arf eptir mik, Nj. 3; l. fram líf sitt, Eg. 426:—leggja til, to pay to, furnish, contribute, as one’s share; hvern styrk hefir móðir mín til lagit með þér, Nj. 7; hvat viltú þá til leggja? langskip tvau, 42; skortir mik eigi fé til at leggja fyrir farit, 128; kunni hann til alls góð ráð at leggja, Eg. 2; hefi ek þar til (lagit) mörg orð, 728; lét ek þar sælu-hús göra ok lagða fé til, Fms. vii. 122, Js. 4; þau ráð er Gregoríus lagði til, Fms. vii. 258; l. fé til höfuðs e-m, to set a price on one’s head, Nj. 112, Grett. passim:—metaph., leggja fátt til, to say little, be reserved, Nj. 88, 112; Gunnarr lagði ekki til, G. remained silent, 52; leggja lof til, to give praise to, Eg. 33; leggja orð í (til), to ‘lay a word to,’ say a word in a matter, remonstrate, Grág. i. 290; leggja gott, íllt til e-s, to lay a good (or ill) word to, to interfere in a friendly (or unfriendly) manner, Sturl. iii. 151 (til-lögur):—leggja hlut sinn, líf sitt, við, to risk one’s lot, stake one’s life, i. 162, Nj. 113, 218; l. sik allan við, to do one’s best, Eg. 738; l. sekt við, l. lögbrot við, of a penalty, Nj. 113, Eg. 352, H. E. i. 505:—leggja út, to lay out, pay, Vm. 33; of betting, Orkn. 200:—leggja fé upp, to lay up, invest; l. fé upp í jörð, Dipl. v. 21; lagða ek upp við minn kæra Orm biskup hálfan viðreka, I made it over to O., ii. 4; l. upp fé, to lay up, board.

VI. of direction, esp. as a naut. term, to stand off or on, lay a ship’s course, esp. from or towards a port, to or from an attack, to sail, proceed to sea, absol., or the ship in dat. or acc., leggja skip or skipi; þú skalt leggja fram sem þér líkar (place the ship to attack), Nj. 8; ok leggr fram skeiðina jafnfram skipi Rúts, id.; þeir leggja út undir eina ey ok bíða þar byrjar, 133; hann lagði skip sín inn á sundit, 271; þeir bjuggusk um sem skjótast ok lögðu út skipunum, Eg. 358; en er skipit var lagit út undir Fenhring, Fms. x. 64; Sigvaldi leggr skip sitt í miðja fylking ( lays his ship alongside of), xi. 126; þeir hittu drómund einn í hafi ok lögðu til níu skipum ok borðusk, … at lyktum lögðu þeir snekkjunum undir drómundinn, Hkr. iii. 353; leggja undir land, to stand in towards land, Eb. 126, where in a metaph. sense = to give in; lögðu þeir eigi inn í ósinn, en lögðu útarliga á höfnina, Ísl. ii. 126; bauð hann út leiðangri at liði ok skipum ok lagði ( stood) út til Staðs fyrir innan Þórsbjörg, Fms. i. 12; síðan leggja þeir í Löginn upp, Hkr. i. 32; Knútr konungr lagði þegar upp í ána ok at kastalanum, Fms. ix. 23, xi. 196; réru þeir langskipinu upp í ána ok lögðu til bæjar þess, Eg. 80; lögðu víkingar við þat frá, Landn. 223; þá lögðu þeir at nesi einu, Eg. 161; ok lögðu þar at landi, 203; lagði hann at ( landed) við Sundólfs-staði, Fms. ix. 483; en er þeir koma norðr at Hákonar-hellu þá lögðu þeir þar at, Hkr. i. 160: leggja at, to attack, in a naval battle (atlaga); lögðu þeir þá at þeim, Nj. 25, Eg. 81; munu vér leggja til orrostu við þá, Fms. vii. 257; létusk allir búnir at leggja at þeim Hákoni, id.; ef þeir leggja at, Jómsvíkingar, xi. 134:—leggja í rétt, to drift or run before the wind, skipverjar, þeir er sigla vildu, eðr þeir er í rétt vildu leggja skipit, Fbr. 59; mæltu þeir er leið sögðu at varligra væri at lægja seglit ok leggja skipit í rétt um nóttina, en sigla til lands at ljósum degi, Fms. ii. 64; þá kom andviðri ok leggja þeir í rétt, Bs. i. 420; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, kom á stormr svá at eigi fengu þeir lengi í rétti legit, ok sigldu þeir þá við eitt rif, Bær. 5; þá kemr enn landviðri ok leggja cnn í rétt ok rekr vestr í haf, Bs. i. 483; þá lögðu þeir í rétt harðan, 484; féll veðrit ok görði lögn, lögðu þeir þá í rétt, ok létu reiða fyrir nokkurar nætr, Eg. 372.

2. without the notion of sea, to start; leggja á flótta, to turn to flight, fly, Fms. x. 241, xi. 341, 391, Orkn. 4, Hkr. i. 319, passim; leggja ú fund þeirra, Fms. vii. 258; leggja eptir, to pursue, x. 215; leggja upp, to start on a journey: metaph., leggja e-t ekki langt upp, Grett. 51 new Ed.

3. to stab, thrust with a weapon, the weapon in dat. or absol. (lag = a thrust), Nj. 8, 64, Njarð. 378, Eg. 216, 258, 298, Nj. 43, 56, Grág. ii. 7, Gþl. 165, passim; opp. to höggva, höggva ok leggja, hann hjó ok lagði, and the like.

VII. impers. it turns, in driven in a direction, of smoke, smell, fire, or the like; hingat leggr allan reykinn, all the smoke blows thitherward, Nj. 202; en eldinn lagði at þeim, Fms. i. 266; fyrir údaun er ór hauginum mun út leggja, iv. 28; varask gust þann ok údaun er út lagði or haugnum, … af fýlu þeirri sem út lagði, Ísl. ii. 45; ok er eldrinn var görr, lagði reykinn upp í skarðit, Eb. 220; ef hval leggr út, if a (dead) whale is driven off land, Gþl. 462:—of ice, snow, to freeze, be covered with snow, ice, þá leggr snjó nokkurn fyrir þá, 655 xv. 12; er ís leggr á vatnit, Grág. ii. 287; þá er ísa lagði á vötn, Fms. ii. 103: the place frozen in acc., vóru íslög mikil ok hafði langt lagt lit Breiðafjörð, Ld. 286; lagði ok Ögrsvatn, Fbr. 30 new Ed.; lagði fjörðinn út langt, 60 new Ed.: part., íss var lagðr á Hofstaða-vág, Eb. 236:—of winter, cold, þegar er gott er ok vetr (acc.) leggr á, Grett. 24 new Ed.; lagði þegar á frer ok snjófa, Bs. i. 872; but pers., leggr á hríðir ok snjóvar (better snjóva), Bs. i. 198.

2. the phrase, leggja nær, to ‘lie near,’ be on the brink of; nær lagði þat úfæru eitt sinn, it had well nigh come to a disaster, Edda 17; lagði þá svá nær at allr þingheimr mundi berjask, it was on the brink of …, Nj. 163; lagði nær at hann mundi reka í svelginn, Fms. x. 145.

B. Reflex. to lay oneself, lie; leggjask niðr í runna nokkura, Nj. 132; er Skálm merr yður leggsk undir klyfjum, Landn. 77; þá leggjask í akrinn flugur þær, er …, 673 A. 3:—of going to bed, þeir höfðu lagizk til svefns, were gone to sleep, Nj. 155; Skarphéðinn lagðisk ekki niðr um kveldit, 170:—leggjask með konu, to cohabit (illicitly), Fms. i. 57, K. Á. 118, Fas. iii. 390, Grág. i. 351:—of illness, to fall sick, take to bed, tók hón sótt ok lagðisk í rekkju, Nj. 14; þá lét hann búa hvílu sína ok lagðisk í sótt, Fms. xi. 214: the phrase, leggjask e-t ekki undir höfuð, not lay it under one’s pillow, do it promptly, be mindful of a thing, ii. 120, v. 264:—leggjask á e-t, to fall upon, of robbers, beasts of prey, etc.; at spillvirkjar mundi l. á fé þeirra, i. 226, Grett. 125 new Ed.; Vindr lögðusk á valinn ok raufuðu, xi. 380: örn lagðisk ( prayed) í eyna, Bs. i. 350:—leggjask fyrir, to take rest, lie down, from exhaustion, sickness, or the like, 387; lögðusk þá fyrir bæði menn ok hestar af úviðri, Sturl. iii. 292; þá lögðusk leiðsagnar-menn fyrir, þvíat þeir vissu eigi hvar þeir vóru komnir, Fms. viii. 52; fyrir leggjask um e-t mál, to give it up, Bs. i. 194: leggjask niðr, to pass out of use, cease, Fms. x. 179, xi. 12: leggjask á, to arise, mun sá orðrómr á leggjask, at …, Nj. 32, Fms. i. 291; úþokki lagðisk á milli þeirra bræðra, xi. 14.

2. to cease; at sá úvandi leggisk sem áðr hefir verit, Fms. i. 280.

II. to swim (partly answering to A. VI); leggjask til sunds, to go into the water and swim, Ld. 46; þeir leggjask um hríð … Sigmundr leggsk þá um hríð … hann lagðisk síðar ( swam behind), Fær. 173; hann lagðisk eptir geldingi gömlum út í Hvalsey, Landn. 107; Grettir lagðisk nú inn á fjörðinn, Grett. 148; hann lagðisk yfir þvert sundit ok gékk þar á land, 116, Hkr. i. 287, Finnb. 266; þeir koma upp ok leggjask til lands, Ld. 168; for legðir read legðiz, Njarð. 378.

2. to set out; leggjask í hernað, víking, to set out on a freebooting expedition, Fms. x. 414, passim: leggjask út, to set out into the wilderness, as a highwayman, Odd. 8, Fas. i. 154, passim (útilegu-maðr = a highwayman); ek lögðumk út á merkr, Fms. ii. 103; leggjask á flótta = leggja á flótta, to take to flight, xi. 305: leggjask djúpt, to dive deep (metaph.), Nj. 102; leggjask til e-s, to seek, try eagerly for, Stj. 90, Bs. i. 198; leggjask í e-t, to occupy oneself with, Rb. 312.

3. á lögðusk logn mikil, þokur ok sælægjur, Orkn. 358; vindar lögðusk ( the wind wafted) af hrauninu um kveldum, Eb. 218, (see A. VII): the phrase, ekki lagðisk mjök á með þeim frændum, they were not on good terms, Ld. 68: ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim Snorra, Sturl. i. 124; þeir töluðu lengi ok lagðisk vel á með þeim, things went well with them, Orkn. 408; þungt hefir á lagizk með okkr Strút-Haraldi jarli um hríð, Fms. xi. 84; Steinólfi þótti þat líkt ok ekki, ok lagðisk lítt á með þeim, Gullþ. 11:—lítið leggsk fyrir e-n, to come to a shameful end; lítið lagðisk nú fyrir kappann, þvíat hann kafnaði í stofu-reyk sem hundr, Grett. 115; svá lítið sem fyrir hann lagðisk, who had been so easily slain, had made so poor a defence, Ld. 150; lítið lagðisk hór fyrir góðan dreng, er þrælar skyldu at bana verða, Landn. 36; kann vera, at nú leggisk lítið fyrir hann, ek skal ráðin til setja, Fms. iv. 166.

III. recipr., leggjask at, to attack one another, Fms. xi. 130: leggjask hendr á, to lay hands on fine another, Ld. 154; leggjask hugi á, to take a liking for each other, Bárð.: leggjask nær, to run close up to one another, of two boats, Gísl. 51.

IV. part. lagðr, as adj. fit, destined to a thing, or fitted, of natural gifts; at hann mundi bæði spá-maðr vesa ok lagðr til mikils þrifnaðar ok gæfu Gyðinga-lýð, 625. 87; vera kann at þér sé meirr lagðr ( that thou art more fitted for) fésnúðr ok ferðir en tilstilli um mála-ferli, i. e. that thou art more fitted to be a traveller than a lawyer, Band. 5; öllu því íllu sem honum var lagit, Fb. i. 215; hón var þeim til lýta lagin, she was doomed to be their destruction, Sól. 11; sem mælt er um þá menn sem mjök er sú íþrótt lagin, Fms. v. 40; þvíat þér mun lagit verða at vera (’tis weirded for thee, thou art doomed to be) einvalds konungr yfir öllum Noregi, Fb. i. 564; þér var lengra lif lagit, a longer life was doomed to thee, Fas. iii. 344; allar spár sögðu, at harm mundi verða lagðr til skaða þeim, Edda 19: laginn, expert, skilled, disposed, freq. in mod. usage, hann er laginn fyrir að læra, hann er ekki lund-laginn á það, he has no inclination for it, whence lægni = skill; thus also, lagaðr from laga (q. v.), vera lagaðr fyrir e-t, lagaðr fyrir lærdóm, given to learn, of natural gifts.

V. part. pass. lagztr; er hann var lagztr niðr, when he had laid himself down, Fas. ii. 345: freq. in mod. usage, hann er lagztr fyrir, lagztr niðr, and so on.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > LEGGJA

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Old New York (novel) — Old New York (1924) is a collection of four novellas by Edith Wharton, revolving around upper class New York City society in the 1840s, 1850s, 1860s, and 1870s. The novellas are not directly interconnected, though certain fictional characters… … Wikipedia
Men in Black — This article is about Men in Black in UFO conspiracies. For other uses, see Men in Black (disambiguation). A stylized depiction of a Man in Black. Men in Black (MIB), in popular culture and in UFO conspiracy theories, are men dressed in black… … Wikipedia
Tales from the Crypt (comics) — Tales from the Crypt Cover to Tales from the Crypt #24. Art by Al Feldstein. Publication information Publisher … Wikipedia
Tales of Old Japan — is an anthology of short stories, compiled by Algernon Bertram Freeman Mitford, Lord Redesdale, writing under the better known name of A.B. Mitford. These stories focus on the varying aspects of Japanese life in centuries past. The book, which… … Wikipedia
Tales from the Cryptkeeper — Genre Animated, horror, fantasy, science fiction, comedy Developed by Libby Hinson Ben Joseph Directed by Laura Shepherd Starring John Kassir (voice) Elizabeth Hanna (voice) … Wikipedia
Old St Paul's Cathedral — Old St Paul s redirects here. For other uses, see Old St. Paul s. Old St Paul s Cathedral Digital reconstruction giving an impression of Old St Paul s during the Middle Ages. The image is based on a model of the Cathedral in the Museum of London … Wikipedia
Old One — may be a term used to refer to a god or other deity. Old Ones may also be a term used to refer to beings who co existed with early humans according to many religions. These terms may also be found in fantasy and horror fiction. Contents 1… … Wikipedia
Tales of the Abyss — Developer(s) Namco Tales Studio Publisher(s) … Wikipedia
Tales from the Hood — Theatrical release poster Directed by Rusty Cundieff Produced by Darin … Wikipedia
Old Sultan — (German: Der alte Sultan) is a German fairy tale collected by the Brothers Grimm, tale number 48. It combined three different Aarne Thompson types: 101, the old dog rescues the child; 103, wild animals hide from an unfamiliar animal; and 104, the … Wikipedia
Tales of the Texas Rangers — a western adventure old time radio drama, premiered on July 8, 1950, on the US NBC radio network and remained on the air through September 14, 1952. Movie star Joel McCrea starred as Texas Ranger Jayce Pearson, who used the latest scientific tec … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

old tales of men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

old tales of men

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: